blob: b3cc8db56063d8417e16942d7bb966213fa6da5e [file] [log] [blame]
Misha Brukmanc501f552004-03-01 17:47:27 +00001<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN"
2 "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003<html>
4<head>
5 <title>LLVM Assembly Language Reference Manual</title>
Reid Spencercb84e432004-08-26 20:44:00 +00006 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
7 <meta name="author" content="Chris Lattner">
8 <meta name="description"
9 content="LLVM Assembly Language Reference Manual.">
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +000010 <link rel="stylesheet" href="llvm.css" type="text/css">
11</head>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +000012
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +000013<body>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +000014
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +000015<div class="doc_title"> LLVM Language Reference Manual </div>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +000016<ol>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +000017 <li><a href="#abstract">Abstract</a></li>
18 <li><a href="#introduction">Introduction</a></li>
19 <li><a href="#identifiers">Identifiers</a></li>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +000020 <li><a href="#highlevel">High Level Structure</a>
21 <ol>
22 <li><a href="#modulestructure">Module Structure</a></li>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +000023 <li><a href="#linkage">Linkage Types</a></li>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +000024 <li><a href="#callingconv">Calling Conventions</a></li>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +000025 <li><a href="#globalvars">Global Variables</a></li>
Chris Lattner91c15c42006-01-23 23:23:47 +000026 <li><a href="#functionstructure">Functions</a></li>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +000027 <li><a href="#paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a></li>
Chris Lattner91c15c42006-01-23 23:23:47 +000028 <li><a href="#moduleasm">Module-Level Inline Assembly</a></li>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +000029 </ol>
30 </li>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +000031 <li><a href="#typesystem">Type System</a>
32 <ol>
Robert Bocchino820bc75b2006-02-17 21:18:08 +000033 <li><a href="#t_primitive">Primitive Types</a>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +000034 <ol>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +000035 <li><a href="#t_classifications">Type Classifications</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +000036 </ol>
37 </li>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +000038 <li><a href="#t_derived">Derived Types</a>
39 <ol>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +000040 <li><a href="#t_array">Array Type</a></li>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +000041 <li><a href="#t_function">Function Type</a></li>
42 <li><a href="#t_pointer">Pointer Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +000043 <li><a href="#t_struct">Structure Type</a></li>
Andrew Lenharth8df88e22006-12-08 17:13:00 +000044 <li><a href="#t_pstruct">Packed Structure Type</a></li>
Chris Lattnerc8cb6952004-08-12 19:12:28 +000045 <li><a href="#t_packed">Packed Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner37b6b092005-04-25 17:34:15 +000046 <li><a href="#t_opaque">Opaque Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +000047 </ol>
48 </li>
49 </ol>
50 </li>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +000051 <li><a href="#constants">Constants</a>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +000052 <ol>
53 <li><a href="#simpleconstants">Simple Constants</a>
54 <li><a href="#aggregateconstants">Aggregate Constants</a>
55 <li><a href="#globalconstants">Global Variable and Function Addresses</a>
56 <li><a href="#undefvalues">Undefined Values</a>
57 <li><a href="#constantexprs">Constant Expressions</a>
58 </ol>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +000059 </li>
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +000060 <li><a href="#othervalues">Other Values</a>
61 <ol>
62 <li><a href="#inlineasm">Inline Assembler Expressions</a>
63 </ol>
64 </li>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +000065 <li><a href="#instref">Instruction Reference</a>
66 <ol>
67 <li><a href="#terminators">Terminator Instructions</a>
68 <ol>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +000069 <li><a href="#i_ret">'<tt>ret</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
70 <li><a href="#i_br">'<tt>br</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +000071 <li><a href="#i_switch">'<tt>switch</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
72 <li><a href="#i_invoke">'<tt>invoke</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +000073 <li><a href="#i_unwind">'<tt>unwind</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner08b7d5b2004-10-16 18:04:13 +000074 <li><a href="#i_unreachable">'<tt>unreachable</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +000075 </ol>
76 </li>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +000077 <li><a href="#binaryops">Binary Operations</a>
78 <ol>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +000079 <li><a href="#i_add">'<tt>add</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
80 <li><a href="#i_sub">'<tt>sub</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
81 <li><a href="#i_mul">'<tt>mul</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +000082 <li><a href="#i_udiv">'<tt>udiv</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
83 <li><a href="#i_sdiv">'<tt>sdiv</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
84 <li><a href="#i_fdiv">'<tt>fdiv</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +000085 <li><a href="#i_urem">'<tt>urem</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
86 <li><a href="#i_srem">'<tt>srem</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
87 <li><a href="#i_frem">'<tt>frem</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +000088 </ol>
89 </li>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +000090 <li><a href="#bitwiseops">Bitwise Binary Operations</a>
91 <ol>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +000092 <li><a href="#i_and">'<tt>and</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +000093 <li><a href="#i_or">'<tt>or</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +000094 <li><a href="#i_xor">'<tt>xor</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
95 <li><a href="#i_shl">'<tt>shl</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencerfdff9382006-11-08 06:47:33 +000096 <li><a href="#i_lshr">'<tt>lshr</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
97 <li><a href="#i_ashr">'<tt>ashr</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +000098 </ol>
99 </li>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +0000100 <li><a href="#vectorops">Vector Operations</a>
101 <ol>
102 <li><a href="#i_extractelement">'<tt>extractelement</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
103 <li><a href="#i_insertelement">'<tt>insertelement</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
104 <li><a href="#i_shufflevector">'<tt>shufflevector</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +0000105 </ol>
106 </li>
Chris Lattner6ab66722006-08-15 00:45:58 +0000107 <li><a href="#memoryops">Memory Access and Addressing Operations</a>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000108 <ol>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000109 <li><a href="#i_malloc">'<tt>malloc</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
110 <li><a href="#i_free">'<tt>free</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
111 <li><a href="#i_alloca">'<tt>alloca</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Robert Bocchino820bc75b2006-02-17 21:18:08 +0000112 <li><a href="#i_load">'<tt>load</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
113 <li><a href="#i_store">'<tt>store</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
114 <li><a href="#i_getelementptr">'<tt>getelementptr</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000115 </ol>
116 </li>
Reid Spencer97c5fa42006-11-08 01:18:52 +0000117 <li><a href="#convertops">Conversion Operations</a>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000118 <ol>
119 <li><a href="#i_trunc">'<tt>trunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
120 <li><a href="#i_zext">'<tt>zext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
121 <li><a href="#i_sext">'<tt>sext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
122 <li><a href="#i_fptrunc">'<tt>fptrunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
123 <li><a href="#i_fpext">'<tt>fpext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +0000124 <li><a href="#i_fptoui">'<tt>fptoui .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
125 <li><a href="#i_fptosi">'<tt>fptosi .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
126 <li><a href="#i_uitofp">'<tt>uitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
127 <li><a href="#i_sitofp">'<tt>sitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencerb7344ff2006-11-11 21:00:47 +0000128 <li><a href="#i_ptrtoint">'<tt>ptrtoint .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
129 <li><a href="#i_inttoptr">'<tt>inttoptr .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer5b950642006-11-11 23:08:07 +0000130 <li><a href="#i_bitcast">'<tt>bitcast .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000131 </ol>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000132 <li><a href="#otherops">Other Operations</a>
133 <ol>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +0000134 <li><a href="#i_icmp">'<tt>icmp</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
135 <li><a href="#i_fcmp">'<tt>fcmp</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000136 <li><a href="#i_phi">'<tt>phi</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +0000137 <li><a href="#i_select">'<tt>select</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000138 <li><a href="#i_call">'<tt>call</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner33337472006-01-13 23:26:01 +0000139 <li><a href="#i_va_arg">'<tt>va_arg</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000140 </ol>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000141 </li>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000142 </ol>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000143 </li>
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000144 <li><a href="#intrinsics">Intrinsic Functions</a>
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000145 <ol>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000146 <li><a href="#int_varargs">Variable Argument Handling Intrinsics</a>
147 <ol>
148 <li><a href="#i_va_start">'<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
149 <li><a href="#i_va_end">'<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
150 <li><a href="#i_va_copy">'<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
151 </ol>
152 </li>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000153 <li><a href="#int_gc">Accurate Garbage Collection Intrinsics</a>
154 <ol>
155 <li><a href="#i_gcroot">'<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
156 <li><a href="#i_gcread">'<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
157 <li><a href="#i_gcwrite">'<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
158 </ol>
159 </li>
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +0000160 <li><a href="#int_codegen">Code Generator Intrinsics</a>
161 <ol>
162 <li><a href="#i_returnaddress">'<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
163 <li><a href="#i_frameaddress">'<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Chris Lattner2f0f0012006-01-13 02:03:13 +0000164 <li><a href="#i_stacksave">'<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
165 <li><a href="#i_stackrestore">'<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Chris Lattnerc8a2c222005-02-28 19:24:19 +0000166 <li><a href="#i_prefetch">'<tt>llvm.prefetch</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Andrew Lenharthb4427912005-03-28 20:05:49 +0000167 <li><a href="#i_pcmarker">'<tt>llvm.pcmarker</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Andrew Lenharth01aa5632005-11-11 16:47:30 +0000168 <li><a href="#i_readcyclecounter"><tt>llvm.readcyclecounter</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
John Criswellaa1c3c12004-04-09 16:43:20 +0000169 </ol>
170 </li>
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000171 <li><a href="#int_libc">Standard C Library Intrinsics</a>
172 <ol>
Chris Lattner0c8b2592006-03-03 00:07:20 +0000173 <li><a href="#i_memcpy">'<tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
174 <li><a href="#i_memmove">'<tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
175 <li><a href="#i_memset">'<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Chris Lattner069b5bd2006-01-16 22:38:59 +0000176 <li><a href="#i_sqrt">'<tt>llvm.sqrt.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Chris Lattner33b73f92006-09-08 06:34:02 +0000177 <li><a href="#i_powi">'<tt>llvm.powi.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000178 </ol>
179 </li>
Nate Begeman0f223bb2006-01-13 23:26:38 +0000180 <li><a href="#int_manip">Bit Manipulation Intrinsics</a>
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000181 <ol>
Nate Begeman0f223bb2006-01-13 23:26:38 +0000182 <li><a href="#i_bswap">'<tt>llvm.bswap.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a></li>
Chris Lattnerb748c672006-01-16 22:34:14 +0000183 <li><a href="#int_ctpop">'<tt>llvm.ctpop.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li>
184 <li><a href="#int_ctlz">'<tt>llvm.ctlz.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li>
185 <li><a href="#int_cttz">'<tt>llvm.cttz.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li>
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000186 </ol>
187 </li>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000188 <li><a href="#int_debugger">Debugger intrinsics</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000189 </ol>
190 </li>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000191</ol>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000192
193<div class="doc_author">
194 <p>Written by <a href="mailto:sabre@nondot.org">Chris Lattner</a>
195 and <a href="mailto:vadve@cs.uiuc.edu">Vikram Adve</a></p>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000196</div>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000197
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000198<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000199<div class="doc_section"> <a name="abstract">Abstract </a></div>
200<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000201
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000202<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000203<p>This document is a reference manual for the LLVM assembly language.
204LLVM is an SSA based representation that provides type safety,
205low-level operations, flexibility, and the capability of representing
206'all' high-level languages cleanly. It is the common code
207representation used throughout all phases of the LLVM compilation
208strategy.</p>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000209</div>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000210
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000211<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000212<div class="doc_section"> <a name="introduction">Introduction</a> </div>
213<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000214
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000215<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000216
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000217<p>The LLVM code representation is designed to be used in three
218different forms: as an in-memory compiler IR, as an on-disk bytecode
219representation (suitable for fast loading by a Just-In-Time compiler),
220and as a human readable assembly language representation. This allows
221LLVM to provide a powerful intermediate representation for efficient
222compiler transformations and analysis, while providing a natural means
223to debug and visualize the transformations. The three different forms
224of LLVM are all equivalent. This document describes the human readable
225representation and notation.</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000226
John Criswell4a3327e2005-05-13 22:25:59 +0000227<p>The LLVM representation aims to be light-weight and low-level
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000228while being expressive, typed, and extensible at the same time. It
229aims to be a "universal IR" of sorts, by being at a low enough level
230that high-level ideas may be cleanly mapped to it (similar to how
231microprocessors are "universal IR's", allowing many source languages to
232be mapped to them). By providing type information, LLVM can be used as
233the target of optimizations: for example, through pointer analysis, it
234can be proven that a C automatic variable is never accessed outside of
235the current function... allowing it to be promoted to a simple SSA
236value instead of a memory location.</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000237
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000238</div>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000239
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000240<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000241<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="wellformed">Well-Formedness</a> </div>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000242
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000243<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000244
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000245<p>It is important to note that this document describes 'well formed'
246LLVM assembly language. There is a difference between what the parser
247accepts and what is considered 'well formed'. For example, the
248following instruction is syntactically okay, but not well formed:</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000249
250<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000251 %x = <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 1, %x
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000252</pre>
253
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000254<p>...because the definition of <tt>%x</tt> does not dominate all of
255its uses. The LLVM infrastructure provides a verification pass that may
256be used to verify that an LLVM module is well formed. This pass is
John Criswell4a3327e2005-05-13 22:25:59 +0000257automatically run by the parser after parsing input assembly and by
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000258the optimizer before it outputs bytecode. The violations pointed out
259by the verifier pass indicate bugs in transformation passes or input to
260the parser.</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000261
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000262<!-- Describe the typesetting conventions here. --> </div>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000263
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000264<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000265<div class="doc_section"> <a name="identifiers">Identifiers</a> </div>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000266<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000267
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000268<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000269
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000270<p>LLVM uses three different forms of identifiers, for different
271purposes:</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000272
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000273<ol>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000274 <li>Named values are represented as a string of characters with a '%' prefix.
275 For example, %foo, %DivisionByZero, %a.really.long.identifier. The actual
276 regular expression used is '<tt>%[a-zA-Z$._][a-zA-Z$._0-9]*</tt>'.
277 Identifiers which require other characters in their names can be surrounded
278 with quotes. In this way, anything except a <tt>"</tt> character can be used
279 in a name.</li>
280
281 <li>Unnamed values are represented as an unsigned numeric value with a '%'
282 prefix. For example, %12, %2, %44.</li>
283
Reid Spencer8f08d802004-12-09 18:02:53 +0000284 <li>Constants, which are described in a <a href="#constants">section about
285 constants</a>, below.</li>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000286</ol>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000287
288<p>LLVM requires that values start with a '%' sign for two reasons: Compilers
289don't need to worry about name clashes with reserved words, and the set of
290reserved words may be expanded in the future without penalty. Additionally,
291unnamed identifiers allow a compiler to quickly come up with a temporary
292variable without having to avoid symbol table conflicts.</p>
293
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000294<p>Reserved words in LLVM are very similar to reserved words in other
Reid Spencer5b950642006-11-11 23:08:07 +0000295languages. There are keywords for different opcodes
296('<tt><a href="#i_add">add</a></tt>',
297 '<tt><a href="#i_bitcast">bitcast</a></tt>',
298 '<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>', etc...), for primitive type names ('<tt><a
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000299href="#t_void">void</a></tt>', '<tt><a href="#t_primitive">i32</a></tt>', etc...),
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000300and others. These reserved words cannot conflict with variable names, because
301none of them start with a '%' character.</p>
302
303<p>Here is an example of LLVM code to multiply the integer variable
304'<tt>%X</tt>' by 8:</p>
305
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000306<p>The easy way:</p>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000307
308<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000309 %result = <a href="#i_mul">mul</a> i32 %X, 8
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000310</pre>
311
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000312<p>After strength reduction:</p>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000313
314<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000315 %result = <a href="#i_shl">shl</a> i32 %X, i8 3
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000316</pre>
317
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000318<p>And the hard way:</p>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000319
320<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000321 <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 %X, %X <i>; yields {i32}:%0</i>
322 <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 %0, %0 <i>; yields {i32}:%1</i>
323 %result = <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 %1, %1
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000324</pre>
325
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000326<p>This last way of multiplying <tt>%X</tt> by 8 illustrates several
327important lexical features of LLVM:</p>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000328
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000329<ol>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000330
331 <li>Comments are delimited with a '<tt>;</tt>' and go until the end of
332 line.</li>
333
334 <li>Unnamed temporaries are created when the result of a computation is not
335 assigned to a named value.</li>
336
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000337 <li>Unnamed temporaries are numbered sequentially</li>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000338
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000339</ol>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000340
John Criswell02fdc6f2005-05-12 16:52:32 +0000341<p>...and it also shows a convention that we follow in this document. When
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000342demonstrating instructions, we will follow an instruction with a comment that
343defines the type and name of value produced. Comments are shown in italic
344text.</p>
345
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000346</div>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000347
348<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
349<div class="doc_section"> <a name="highlevel">High Level Structure</a> </div>
350<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
351
352<!-- ======================================================================= -->
353<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="modulestructure">Module Structure</a>
354</div>
355
356<div class="doc_text">
357
358<p>LLVM programs are composed of "Module"s, each of which is a
359translation unit of the input programs. Each module consists of
360functions, global variables, and symbol table entries. Modules may be
361combined together with the LLVM linker, which merges function (and
362global variable) definitions, resolves forward declarations, and merges
363symbol table entries. Here is an example of the "hello world" module:</p>
364
365<pre><i>; Declare the string constant as a global constant...</i>
366<a href="#identifiers">%.LC0</a> = <a href="#linkage_internal">internal</a> <a
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000367 href="#globalvars">constant</a> <a href="#t_array">[13 x i8 ]</a> c"hello world\0A\00" <i>; [13 x i8 ]*</i>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000368
369<i>; External declaration of the puts function</i>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000370<a href="#functionstructure">declare</a> i32 %puts(i8 *) <i>; i32(i8 *)* </i>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000371
Chris Lattnerd2d29a02006-06-13 03:05:47 +0000372<i>; Global variable / Function body section separator</i>
373implementation
374
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000375<i>; Definition of main function</i>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000376define i32 %main() { <i>; i32()* </i>
377 <i>; Convert [13x i8 ]* to i8 *...</i>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000378 %cast210 = <a
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000379 href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a> [13 x i8 ]* %.LC0, i64 0, i64 0 <i>; i8 *</i>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000380
381 <i>; Call puts function to write out the string to stdout...</i>
382 <a
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000383 href="#i_call">call</a> i32 %puts(i8 * %cast210) <i>; i32</i>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000384 <a
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000385 href="#i_ret">ret</a> i32 0<br>}<br></pre>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000386
387<p>This example is made up of a <a href="#globalvars">global variable</a>
388named "<tt>.LC0</tt>", an external declaration of the "<tt>puts</tt>"
389function, and a <a href="#functionstructure">function definition</a>
390for "<tt>main</tt>".</p>
391
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000392<p>In general, a module is made up of a list of global values,
393where both functions and global variables are global values. Global values are
394represented by a pointer to a memory location (in this case, a pointer to an
395array of char, and a pointer to a function), and have one of the following <a
396href="#linkage">linkage types</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000397
Chris Lattnerd2d29a02006-06-13 03:05:47 +0000398<p>Due to a limitation in the current LLVM assembly parser (it is limited by
399one-token lookahead), modules are split into two pieces by the "implementation"
400keyword. Global variable prototypes and definitions must occur before the
401keyword, and function definitions must occur after it. Function prototypes may
402occur either before or after it. In the future, the implementation keyword may
403become a noop, if the parser gets smarter.</p>
404
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000405</div>
406
407<!-- ======================================================================= -->
408<div class="doc_subsection">
409 <a name="linkage">Linkage Types</a>
410</div>
411
412<div class="doc_text">
413
414<p>
415All Global Variables and Functions have one of the following types of linkage:
416</p>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000417
418<dl>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000419
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000420 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_internal">internal</a></b></tt> </dt>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000421
422 <dd>Global values with internal linkage are only directly accessible by
423 objects in the current module. In particular, linking code into a module with
424 an internal global value may cause the internal to be renamed as necessary to
425 avoid collisions. Because the symbol is internal to the module, all
426 references can be updated. This corresponds to the notion of the
427 '<tt>static</tt>' keyword in C, or the idea of "anonymous namespaces" in C++.
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000428 </dd>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000429
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000430 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_linkonce">linkonce</a></b></tt>: </dt>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000431
432 <dd>"<tt>linkonce</tt>" linkage is similar to <tt>internal</tt> linkage, with
433 the twist that linking together two modules defining the same
434 <tt>linkonce</tt> globals will cause one of the globals to be discarded. This
435 is typically used to implement inline functions. Unreferenced
436 <tt>linkonce</tt> globals are allowed to be discarded.
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000437 </dd>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000438
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000439 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_weak">weak</a></b></tt>: </dt>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000440
441 <dd>"<tt>weak</tt>" linkage is exactly the same as <tt>linkonce</tt> linkage,
442 except that unreferenced <tt>weak</tt> globals may not be discarded. This is
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000443 used to implement constructs in C such as "<tt>i32 X;</tt>" at global scope.
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000444 </dd>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000445
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000446 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_appending">appending</a></b></tt>: </dt>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000447
448 <dd>"<tt>appending</tt>" linkage may only be applied to global variables of
449 pointer to array type. When two global variables with appending linkage are
450 linked together, the two global arrays are appended together. This is the
451 LLVM, typesafe, equivalent of having the system linker append together
452 "sections" with identical names when .o files are linked.
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000453 </dd>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000454
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000455 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_external">externally visible</a></b></tt>:</dt>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000456
457 <dd>If none of the above identifiers are used, the global is externally
458 visible, meaning that it participates in linkage and can be used to resolve
459 external symbol references.
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000460 </dd>
Anton Korobeynikovd61d39e2006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000461
462 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_externweak">extern_weak</a></b></tt>: </dt>
463
464 <dd>"<tt>extern_weak</tt>" TBD
465 </dd>
466
467 <p>
468 The next two types of linkage are targeted for Microsoft Windows platform
469 only. They are designed to support importing (exporting) symbols from (to)
470 DLLs.
471 </p>
472
473 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_dllimport">dllimport</a></b></tt>: </dt>
474
475 <dd>"<tt>dllimport</tt>" linkage causes the compiler to reference a function
476 or variable via a global pointer to a pointer that is set up by the DLL
477 exporting the symbol. On Microsoft Windows targets, the pointer name is
478 formed by combining <code>_imp__</code> and the function or variable name.
479 </dd>
480
481 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_dllexport">dllexport</a></b></tt>: </dt>
482
483 <dd>"<tt>dllexport</tt>" linkage causes the compiler to provide a global
484 pointer to a pointer in a DLL, so that it can be referenced with the
485 <tt>dllimport</tt> attribute. On Microsoft Windows targets, the pointer
486 name is formed by combining <code>_imp__</code> and the function or variable
487 name.
488 </dd>
489
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000490</dl>
491
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000492<p><a name="linkage_external">For example, since the "<tt>.LC0</tt>"
493variable is defined to be internal, if another module defined a "<tt>.LC0</tt>"
494variable and was linked with this one, one of the two would be renamed,
495preventing a collision. Since "<tt>main</tt>" and "<tt>puts</tt>" are
496external (i.e., lacking any linkage declarations), they are accessible
Reid Spencer92c671e2007-01-05 00:59:10 +0000497outside of the current module.</p>
498<p>It is illegal for a function <i>declaration</i>
499to have any linkage type other than "externally visible", <tt>dllimport</tt>,
500or <tt>extern_weak</tt>.</a></p>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000501
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000502</div>
503
504<!-- ======================================================================= -->
505<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000506 <a name="callingconv">Calling Conventions</a>
507</div>
508
509<div class="doc_text">
510
511<p>LLVM <a href="#functionstructure">functions</a>, <a href="#i_call">calls</a>
512and <a href="#i_invoke">invokes</a> can all have an optional calling convention
513specified for the call. The calling convention of any pair of dynamic
514caller/callee must match, or the behavior of the program is undefined. The
515following calling conventions are supported by LLVM, and more may be added in
516the future:</p>
517
518<dl>
519 <dt><b>"<tt>ccc</tt>" - The C calling convention</b>:</dt>
520
521 <dd>This calling convention (the default if no other calling convention is
522 specified) matches the target C calling conventions. This calling convention
John Criswell02fdc6f2005-05-12 16:52:32 +0000523 supports varargs function calls and tolerates some mismatch in the declared
Reid Spencer72ba4992006-12-31 21:30:18 +0000524 prototype and implemented declaration of the function (as does normal C).
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000525 </dd>
526
Chris Lattner95ff1952006-05-19 21:15:36 +0000527 <dt><b>"<tt>csretcc</tt>" - The C struct return calling convention</b>:</dt>
528
529 <dd>This calling convention matches the target C calling conventions, except
530 that functions with this convention are required to take a pointer as their
531 first argument, and the return type of the function must be void. This is
532 used for C functions that return aggregates by-value. In this case, the
533 function has been transformed to take a pointer to the struct as the first
534 argument to the function. For targets where the ABI specifies specific
535 behavior for structure-return calls, the calling convention can be used to
536 distinguish between struct return functions and other functions that take a
537 pointer to a struct as the first argument.
538 </dd>
539
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000540 <dt><b>"<tt>fastcc</tt>" - The fast calling convention</b>:</dt>
541
542 <dd>This calling convention attempts to make calls as fast as possible
543 (e.g. by passing things in registers). This calling convention allows the
544 target to use whatever tricks it wants to produce fast code for the target,
Chris Lattnerc792eb32005-05-06 23:08:23 +0000545 without having to conform to an externally specified ABI. Implementations of
546 this convention should allow arbitrary tail call optimization to be supported.
547 This calling convention does not support varargs and requires the prototype of
548 all callees to exactly match the prototype of the function definition.
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000549 </dd>
550
551 <dt><b>"<tt>coldcc</tt>" - The cold calling convention</b>:</dt>
552
553 <dd>This calling convention attempts to make code in the caller as efficient
554 as possible under the assumption that the call is not commonly executed. As
555 such, these calls often preserve all registers so that the call does not break
556 any live ranges in the caller side. This calling convention does not support
557 varargs and requires the prototype of all callees to exactly match the
558 prototype of the function definition.
559 </dd>
560
Chris Lattner573f64e2005-05-07 01:46:40 +0000561 <dt><b>"<tt>cc &lt;<em>n</em>&gt;</tt>" - Numbered convention</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000562
563 <dd>Any calling convention may be specified by number, allowing
564 target-specific calling conventions to be used. Target specific calling
565 conventions start at 64.
566 </dd>
Chris Lattner573f64e2005-05-07 01:46:40 +0000567</dl>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000568
569<p>More calling conventions can be added/defined on an as-needed basis, to
570support pascal conventions or any other well-known target-independent
571convention.</p>
572
573</div>
574
575<!-- ======================================================================= -->
576<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000577 <a name="globalvars">Global Variables</a>
578</div>
579
580<div class="doc_text">
581
Chris Lattner5d5aede2005-02-12 19:30:21 +0000582<p>Global variables define regions of memory allocated at compilation time
Chris Lattner662c8722005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000583instead of run-time. Global variables may optionally be initialized, may have
584an explicit section to be placed in, and may
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000585have an optional explicit alignment specified. A
John Criswell4c0cf7f2005-10-24 16:17:18 +0000586variable may be defined as a global "constant," which indicates that the
Chris Lattner5d5aede2005-02-12 19:30:21 +0000587contents of the variable will <b>never</b> be modified (enabling better
588optimization, allowing the global data to be placed in the read-only section of
589an executable, etc). Note that variables that need runtime initialization
John Criswell4c0cf7f2005-10-24 16:17:18 +0000590cannot be marked "constant" as there is a store to the variable.</p>
Chris Lattner5d5aede2005-02-12 19:30:21 +0000591
592<p>
593LLVM explicitly allows <em>declarations</em> of global variables to be marked
594constant, even if the final definition of the global is not. This capability
595can be used to enable slightly better optimization of the program, but requires
596the language definition to guarantee that optimizations based on the
597'constantness' are valid for the translation units that do not include the
598definition.
599</p>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000600
601<p>As SSA values, global variables define pointer values that are in
602scope (i.e. they dominate) all basic blocks in the program. Global
603variables always define a pointer to their "content" type because they
604describe a region of memory, and all memory objects in LLVM are
605accessed through pointers.</p>
606
Chris Lattner662c8722005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000607<p>LLVM allows an explicit section to be specified for globals. If the target
608supports it, it will emit globals to the section specified.</p>
609
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000610<p>An explicit alignment may be specified for a global. If not present, or if
611the alignment is set to zero, the alignment of the global is set by the target
612to whatever it feels convenient. If an explicit alignment is specified, the
613global is forced to have at least that much alignment. All alignments must be
614a power of 2.</p>
615
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000616</div>
617
618
619<!-- ======================================================================= -->
620<div class="doc_subsection">
621 <a name="functionstructure">Functions</a>
622</div>
623
624<div class="doc_text">
625
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000626<p>LLVM function definitions consist of the "<tt>define</tt>" keyord,
627an optional <a href="#linkage">linkage type</a>, an optional
628<a href="#callingconv">calling convention</a>, a return type, an optional
629<a href="#paramattrs">parameter attribute</a> for the return type, a function
630name, a (possibly empty) argument list (each with optional
Reid Spencer58c08712006-12-31 07:18:34 +0000631<a href="#paramattrs">parameter attributes</a>), an optional section, an
632optional alignment, an opening curly brace, a list of basic blocks, and a
633closing curly brace. LLVM function declarations
634consist of the "<tt>declare</tt>" keyword, an optional <a
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000635 href="#callingconv">calling convention</a>, a return type, an optional
636<a href="#paramattrs">parameter attribute</a> for the return type, a function
637name, a possibly empty list of arguments, and an optional alignment.</p>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000638
639<p>A function definition contains a list of basic blocks, forming the CFG for
640the function. Each basic block may optionally start with a label (giving the
641basic block a symbol table entry), contains a list of instructions, and ends
642with a <a href="#terminators">terminator</a> instruction (such as a branch or
643function return).</p>
644
John Criswell02fdc6f2005-05-12 16:52:32 +0000645<p>The first basic block in a program is special in two ways: it is immediately
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000646executed on entrance to the function, and it is not allowed to have predecessor
647basic blocks (i.e. there can not be any branches to the entry block of a
648function). Because the block can have no predecessors, it also cannot have any
649<a href="#i_phi">PHI nodes</a>.</p>
650
651<p>LLVM functions are identified by their name and type signature. Hence, two
652functions with the same name but different parameter lists or return values are
Chris Lattner455fc8c2005-03-07 22:13:59 +0000653considered different functions, and LLVM will resolve references to each
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000654appropriately.</p>
655
Chris Lattner662c8722005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000656<p>LLVM allows an explicit section to be specified for functions. If the target
657supports it, it will emit functions to the section specified.</p>
658
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000659<p>An explicit alignment may be specified for a function. If not present, or if
660the alignment is set to zero, the alignment of the function is set by the target
661to whatever it feels convenient. If an explicit alignment is specified, the
662function is forced to have at least that much alignment. All alignments must be
663a power of 2.</p>
664
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000665</div>
666
Chris Lattner91c15c42006-01-23 23:23:47 +0000667<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000668<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a></div>
669<div class="doc_text">
670 <p>The return type and each parameter of a function type may have a set of
671 <i>parameter attributes</i> associated with them. Parameter attributes are
672 used to communicate additional information about the result or parameters of
673 a function. Parameter attributes are considered to be part of the function
674 type so two functions types that differ only by the parameter attributes
675 are different function types.</p>
676
Reid Spencer58c08712006-12-31 07:18:34 +0000677 <p>Parameter attributes consist of an at sign (@) followed by either a single
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000678 keyword or a comma separate list of keywords enclosed in parentheses. For
679 example:<pre>
680 %someFunc = i16 @zext (i8 @(sext) %someParam)
Reid Spencer58c08712006-12-31 07:18:34 +0000681 %someFunc = i16 @zext (i8 @zext %someParam)</pre>
682 Note that the two function types above are unique because the parameter
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000683 has a different attribute (@sext in the first one, @zext in the second).</p>
684
685 <p>Currently, only the following parameter attributes are defined:
686 <dl>
687 <dt><tt>@zext</tt></dt>
688 <dd>This indicates that the parameter should be zero extended just before
689 a call to this function.</dd>
690 <dt><tt>@sext</tt></dt>
691 <dd>This indicates that the parameter should be sign extended just before
692 a call to this function.</dd>
693 </dl></p>
694
695 <p>The current motivation for parameter attributes is to enable the sign and
696 zero extend information necessary for the C calling convention to be passed
697 from the front end to LLVM. The <tt>@zext</tt> and <tt>@sext</tt> attributes
698 are used by the code generator to perform the required extension. However,
699 parameter attributes are an orthogonal feature to calling conventions and
700 may be used for other purposes in the future.</p>
701</div>
702
703<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner91c15c42006-01-23 23:23:47 +0000704<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner93564892006-04-08 04:40:53 +0000705 <a name="moduleasm">Module-Level Inline Assembly</a>
Chris Lattner91c15c42006-01-23 23:23:47 +0000706</div>
707
708<div class="doc_text">
709<p>
710Modules may contain "module-level inline asm" blocks, which corresponds to the
711GCC "file scope inline asm" blocks. These blocks are internally concatenated by
712LLVM and treated as a single unit, but may be separated in the .ll file if
713desired. The syntax is very simple:
714</p>
715
716<div class="doc_code"><pre>
Chris Lattnera1280ad2006-01-24 00:37:20 +0000717 module asm "inline asm code goes here"
718 module asm "more can go here"
Chris Lattner91c15c42006-01-23 23:23:47 +0000719</pre></div>
720
721<p>The strings can contain any character by escaping non-printable characters.
722 The escape sequence used is simply "\xx" where "xx" is the two digit hex code
723 for the number.
724</p>
725
726<p>
727 The inline asm code is simply printed to the machine code .s file when
728 assembly code is generated.
729</p>
730</div>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000731
732
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000733<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000734<div class="doc_section"> <a name="typesystem">Type System</a> </div>
735<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000736
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000737<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000738
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000739<p>The LLVM type system is one of the most important features of the
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000740intermediate representation. Being typed enables a number of
741optimizations to be performed on the IR directly, without having to do
742extra analyses on the side before the transformation. A strong type
743system makes it easier to read the generated code and enables novel
744analyses and transformations that are not feasible to perform on normal
745three address code representations.</p>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000746
747</div>
748
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000749<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000750<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="t_primitive">Primitive Types</a> </div>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000751<div class="doc_text">
John Criswell417228d2004-04-09 16:48:45 +0000752<p>The primitive types are the fundamental building blocks of the LLVM
Chris Lattner455fc8c2005-03-07 22:13:59 +0000753system. The current set of primitive types is as follows:</p>
Misha Brukmanc501f552004-03-01 17:47:27 +0000754
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000755<table class="layout">
756 <tr class="layout">
757 <td class="left">
758 <table>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000759 <tbody>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000760 <tr><th>Type</th><th>Description</th></tr>
761 <tr><td><tt>void</tt></td><td>No value</td></tr>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000762 <tr><td><tt>i8</tt></td><td>Signless 8-bit value</td></tr>
763 <tr><td><tt>i32</tt></td><td>Signless 32-bit value</td></tr>
Misha Brukman36c6bc12005-04-22 18:02:52 +0000764 <tr><td><tt>float</tt></td><td>32-bit floating point value</td></tr>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000765 <tr><td><tt>label</tt></td><td>Branch destination</td></tr>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000766 </tbody>
767 </table>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000768 </td>
769 <td class="right">
770 <table>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000771 <tbody>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000772 <tr><th>Type</th><th>Description</th></tr>
773 <tr><td><tt>bool</tt></td><td>True or False value</td></tr>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000774 <tr><td><tt>i16</tt></td><td>Signless 16-bit value</td></tr>
775 <tr><td><tt>i64</tt></td><td>Signless 64-bit value</td></tr>
776 <tr><td><tt>double</tt></td><td>64-bit floating point value</td></tr>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000777 </tbody>
778 </table>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000779 </td>
780 </tr>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000781</table>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000782</div>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000783
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000784<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000785<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_classifications">Type
786Classifications</a> </div>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000787<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000788<p>These different primitive types fall into a few useful
789classifications:</p>
Misha Brukmanc501f552004-03-01 17:47:27 +0000790
791<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000792 <tbody>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000793 <tr><th>Classification</th><th>Types</th></tr>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000794 <tr>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000795 <td><a name="t_integer">integer</a></td>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000796 <td><tt>i8, i16, i32, i64</tt></td>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000797 </tr>
798 <tr>
799 <td><a name="t_integral">integral</a></td>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000800 <td><tt>bool, i8, i16, i32, i64</tt>
Misha Brukman20f9a622004-08-12 20:16:08 +0000801 </td>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000802 </tr>
803 <tr>
804 <td><a name="t_floating">floating point</a></td>
805 <td><tt>float, double</tt></td>
806 </tr>
807 <tr>
808 <td><a name="t_firstclass">first class</a></td>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000809 <td><tt>bool, i8, i16, i32, i64, float, double, <br/>
810 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a>,<a href="#t_packed">packed</a></tt>
811 </td>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000812 </tr>
813 </tbody>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000814</table>
Misha Brukmanc501f552004-03-01 17:47:27 +0000815
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000816<p>The <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> types are perhaps the
817most important. Values of these types are the only ones which can be
818produced by instructions, passed as arguments, or used as operands to
819instructions. This means that all structures and arrays must be
820manipulated either by pointer or by component.</p>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000821</div>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000822
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000823<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000824<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="t_derived">Derived Types</a> </div>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000825
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000826<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000827
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000828<p>The real power in LLVM comes from the derived types in the system.
829This is what allows a programmer to represent arrays, functions,
830pointers, and other useful types. Note that these derived types may be
831recursive: For example, it is possible to have a two dimensional array.</p>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000832
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000833</div>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000834
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000835<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000836<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_array">Array Type</a> </div>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000837
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000838<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000839
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000840<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000841
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000842<p>The array type is a very simple derived type that arranges elements
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000843sequentially in memory. The array type requires a size (number of
844elements) and an underlying data type.</p>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000845
Chris Lattner590645f2002-04-14 06:13:44 +0000846<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000847
848<pre>
849 [&lt;# elements&gt; x &lt;elementtype&gt;]
850</pre>
851
John Criswell02fdc6f2005-05-12 16:52:32 +0000852<p>The number of elements is a constant integer value; elementtype may
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000853be any type with a size.</p>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000854
Chris Lattner590645f2002-04-14 06:13:44 +0000855<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000856<table class="layout">
857 <tr class="layout">
858 <td class="left">
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000859 <tt>[40 x i32 ]</tt><br/>
860 <tt>[41 x i32 ]</tt><br/>
Reid Spencer3e628eb92007-01-04 16:43:23 +0000861 <tt>[40 x i8]</tt><br/>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000862 </td>
863 <td class="left">
Reid Spencer3e628eb92007-01-04 16:43:23 +0000864 Array of 40 32-bit integer values.<br/>
865 Array of 41 32-bit integer values.<br/>
866 Array of 40 8-bit integer values.<br/>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000867 </td>
868 </tr>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000869</table>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000870<p>Here are some examples of multidimensional arrays:</p>
871<table class="layout">
872 <tr class="layout">
873 <td class="left">
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000874 <tt>[3 x [4 x i32]]</tt><br/>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000875 <tt>[12 x [10 x float]]</tt><br/>
Reid Spencer3e628eb92007-01-04 16:43:23 +0000876 <tt>[2 x [3 x [4 x i16]]]</tt><br/>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000877 </td>
878 <td class="left">
Reid Spencer3e628eb92007-01-04 16:43:23 +0000879 3x4 array of 32-bit integer values.<br/>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000880 12x10 array of single precision floating point values.<br/>
Reid Spencer3e628eb92007-01-04 16:43:23 +0000881 2x3x4 array of 16-bit integer values.<br/>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000882 </td>
883 </tr>
884</table>
Chris Lattnerc0ad71e2005-06-24 17:22:57 +0000885
John Criswell4c0cf7f2005-10-24 16:17:18 +0000886<p>Note that 'variable sized arrays' can be implemented in LLVM with a zero
887length array. Normally, accesses past the end of an array are undefined in
Chris Lattnerc0ad71e2005-06-24 17:22:57 +0000888LLVM (e.g. it is illegal to access the 5th element of a 3 element array).
889As a special case, however, zero length arrays are recognized to be variable
890length. This allows implementation of 'pascal style arrays' with the LLVM
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000891type "{ i32, [0 x float]}", for example.</p>
Chris Lattnerc0ad71e2005-06-24 17:22:57 +0000892
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000893</div>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000894
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000895<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000896<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_function">Function Type</a> </div>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000897<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000898<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000899<p>The function type can be thought of as a function signature. It
900consists of a return type and a list of formal parameter types.
John Criswella0d50d22003-11-25 21:45:46 +0000901Function types are usually used to build virtual function tables
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000902(which are structures of pointers to functions), for indirect function
903calls, and when defining a function.</p>
John Criswella0d50d22003-11-25 21:45:46 +0000904<p>
905The return type of a function type cannot be an aggregate type.
906</p>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000907<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000908<pre> &lt;returntype&gt; (&lt;parameter list&gt;)<br></pre>
John Criswell4c0cf7f2005-10-24 16:17:18 +0000909<p>...where '<tt>&lt;parameter list&gt;</tt>' is a comma-separated list of type
Misha Brukman20f9a622004-08-12 20:16:08 +0000910specifiers. Optionally, the parameter list may include a type <tt>...</tt>,
Chris Lattner5ed60612003-09-03 00:41:47 +0000911which indicates that the function takes a variable number of arguments.
912Variable argument functions can access their arguments with the <a
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000913 href="#int_varargs">variable argument handling intrinsic</a> functions.</p>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000914<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000915<table class="layout">
916 <tr class="layout">
Reid Spencer58c08712006-12-31 07:18:34 +0000917 <td class="left"><tt>i32 (i32)</tt></td>
918 <td class="left">function taking an <tt>i32</tt>, returning an <tt>i32</tt>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000919 </td>
Reid Spencer58c08712006-12-31 07:18:34 +0000920 </tr><tr class="layout">
Reid Spencer655dcc62006-12-31 07:20:23 +0000921 <td class="left"><tt>float&nbsp;(i16&nbsp;@sext,&nbsp;i32&nbsp;*)&nbsp;*
922 </tt></td>
Reid Spencer58c08712006-12-31 07:18:34 +0000923 <td class="left"><a href="#t_pointer">Pointer</a> to a function that takes
924 an <tt>i16</tt> that should be sign extended and a
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000925 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to <tt>i32</tt>, returning
Reid Spencer58c08712006-12-31 07:18:34 +0000926 <tt>float</tt>.
927 </td>
928 </tr><tr class="layout">
929 <td class="left"><tt>i32 (i8*, ...)</tt></td>
930 <td class="left">A vararg function that takes at least one
Reid Spencer3e628eb92007-01-04 16:43:23 +0000931 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to <tt>i8 </tt> (char in C),
Reid Spencer58c08712006-12-31 07:18:34 +0000932 which returns an integer. This is the signature for <tt>printf</tt> in
933 LLVM.
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000934 </td>
935 </tr>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000936</table>
Misha Brukmanc501f552004-03-01 17:47:27 +0000937
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000938</div>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000939<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000940<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_struct">Structure Type</a> </div>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000941<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000942<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000943<p>The structure type is used to represent a collection of data members
944together in memory. The packing of the field types is defined to match
945the ABI of the underlying processor. The elements of a structure may
946be any type that has a size.</p>
947<p>Structures are accessed using '<tt><a href="#i_load">load</a></tt>
948and '<tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>' by getting a pointer to a
949field with the '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>'
950instruction.</p>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000951<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000952<pre> { &lt;type list&gt; }<br></pre>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000953<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000954<table class="layout">
955 <tr class="layout">
956 <td class="left">
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000957 <tt>{ i32, i32, i32 }</tt><br/>
958 <tt>{ float, i32 (i32) * }</tt><br/>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000959 </td>
960 <td class="left">
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000961 a triple of three <tt>i32</tt> values<br/>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000962 A pair, where the first element is a <tt>float</tt> and the second element
963 is a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to a <a href="#t_function">function</a>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000964 that takes an <tt>i32</tt>, returning an <tt>i32</tt>.<br/>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000965 </td>
966 </tr>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000967</table>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000968</div>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000969
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000970<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Andrew Lenharth8df88e22006-12-08 17:13:00 +0000971<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_pstruct">Packed Structure Type</a>
972</div>
973<div class="doc_text">
974<h5>Overview:</h5>
975<p>The packed structure type is used to represent a collection of data members
976together in memory. There is no padding between fields. Further, the alignment
977of a packed structure is 1 byte. The elements of a packed structure may
978be any type that has a size.</p>
979<p>Structures are accessed using '<tt><a href="#i_load">load</a></tt>
980and '<tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>' by getting a pointer to a
981field with the '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>'
982instruction.</p>
983<h5>Syntax:</h5>
984<pre> &lt; { &lt;type list&gt; } &gt; <br></pre>
985<h5>Examples:</h5>
986<table class="layout">
987 <tr class="layout">
988 <td class="left">
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000989 <tt> &lt; { i32, i32, i32 } &gt; </tt><br/>
990 <tt> &lt; { float, i32 (i32) * } &gt; </tt><br/>
Andrew Lenharth8df88e22006-12-08 17:13:00 +0000991 </td>
992 <td class="left">
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000993 a triple of three <tt>i32</tt> values<br/>
Andrew Lenharth8df88e22006-12-08 17:13:00 +0000994 A pair, where the first element is a <tt>float</tt> and the second element
995 is a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to a <a href="#t_function">function</a>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000996 that takes an <tt>i32</tt>, returning an <tt>i32</tt>.<br/>
Andrew Lenharth8df88e22006-12-08 17:13:00 +0000997 </td>
998 </tr>
999</table>
1000</div>
1001
1002<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001003<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_pointer">Pointer Type</a> </div>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001004<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner590645f2002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001005<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001006<p>As in many languages, the pointer type represents a pointer or
1007reference to another object, which must live in memory.</p>
Chris Lattner590645f2002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001008<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001009<pre> &lt;type&gt; *<br></pre>
Chris Lattner590645f2002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001010<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001011<table class="layout">
1012 <tr class="layout">
1013 <td class="left">
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001014 <tt>[4x i32]*</tt><br/>
1015 <tt>i32 (i32 *) *</tt><br/>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001016 </td>
1017 <td class="left">
1018 A <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to <a href="#t_array">array</a> of
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001019 four <tt>i32</tt> values<br/>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001020 A <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to a <a
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001021 href="#t_function">function</a> that takes an <tt>i32*</tt>, returning an
1022 <tt>i32</tt>.<br/>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001023 </td>
1024 </tr>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001025</table>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001026</div>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001027
Chris Lattnerc8cb6952004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001028<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1029<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_packed">Packed Type</a> </div>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001030<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner37b6b092005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001031
Chris Lattnerc8cb6952004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001032<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner37b6b092005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001033
Chris Lattnerc8cb6952004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001034<p>A packed type is a simple derived type that represents a vector
1035of elements. Packed types are used when multiple primitive data
1036are operated in parallel using a single instruction (SIMD).
1037A packed type requires a size (number of
Chris Lattner330ce692005-11-10 01:44:22 +00001038elements) and an underlying primitive data type. Vectors must have a power
1039of two length (1, 2, 4, 8, 16 ...). Packed types are
Chris Lattnerc8cb6952004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001040considered <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner37b6b092005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001041
Chris Lattnerc8cb6952004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001042<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner37b6b092005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001043
1044<pre>
1045 &lt; &lt;# elements&gt; x &lt;elementtype&gt; &gt;
1046</pre>
1047
John Criswell4a3327e2005-05-13 22:25:59 +00001048<p>The number of elements is a constant integer value; elementtype may
Chris Lattnerc8cb6952004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001049be any integral or floating point type.</p>
Chris Lattner37b6b092005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001050
Chris Lattnerc8cb6952004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001051<h5>Examples:</h5>
Chris Lattner37b6b092005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001052
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001053<table class="layout">
1054 <tr class="layout">
1055 <td class="left">
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001056 <tt>&lt;4 x i32&gt;</tt><br/>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001057 <tt>&lt;8 x float&gt;</tt><br/>
Reid Spencer3e628eb92007-01-04 16:43:23 +00001058 <tt>&lt;2 x i64&gt;</tt><br/>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001059 </td>
1060 <td class="left">
Reid Spencer3e628eb92007-01-04 16:43:23 +00001061 Packed vector of 4 32-bit integer values.<br/>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001062 Packed vector of 8 floating-point values.<br/>
Reid Spencer3e628eb92007-01-04 16:43:23 +00001063 Packed vector of 2 64-bit integer values.<br/>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001064 </td>
1065 </tr>
1066</table>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001067</div>
1068
Chris Lattner37b6b092005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001069<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1070<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_opaque">Opaque Type</a> </div>
1071<div class="doc_text">
1072
1073<h5>Overview:</h5>
1074
1075<p>Opaque types are used to represent unknown types in the system. This
1076corresponds (for example) to the C notion of a foward declared structure type.
1077In LLVM, opaque types can eventually be resolved to any type (not just a
1078structure type).</p>
1079
1080<h5>Syntax:</h5>
1081
1082<pre>
1083 opaque
1084</pre>
1085
1086<h5>Examples:</h5>
1087
1088<table class="layout">
1089 <tr class="layout">
1090 <td class="left">
1091 <tt>opaque</tt>
1092 </td>
1093 <td class="left">
1094 An opaque type.<br/>
1095 </td>
1096 </tr>
1097</table>
1098</div>
1099
1100
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001101<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
1102<div class="doc_section"> <a name="constants">Constants</a> </div>
1103<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
1104
1105<div class="doc_text">
1106
1107<p>LLVM has several different basic types of constants. This section describes
1108them all and their syntax.</p>
1109
1110</div>
1111
1112<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Reid Spencer8f08d802004-12-09 18:02:53 +00001113<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="simpleconstants">Simple Constants</a></div>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001114
1115<div class="doc_text">
1116
1117<dl>
1118 <dt><b>Boolean constants</b></dt>
1119
1120 <dd>The two strings '<tt>true</tt>' and '<tt>false</tt>' are both valid
1121 constants of the <tt><a href="#t_primitive">bool</a></tt> type.
1122 </dd>
1123
1124 <dt><b>Integer constants</b></dt>
1125
Reid Spencer8f08d802004-12-09 18:02:53 +00001126 <dd>Standard integers (such as '4') are constants of the <a
Reid Spencer3e628eb92007-01-04 16:43:23 +00001127 href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. Negative numbers may be used with
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001128 integer types.
1129 </dd>
1130
1131 <dt><b>Floating point constants</b></dt>
1132
1133 <dd>Floating point constants use standard decimal notation (e.g. 123.421),
1134 exponential notation (e.g. 1.23421e+2), or a more precise hexadecimal
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001135 notation (see below). Floating point constants must have a <a
1136 href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type. </dd>
1137
1138 <dt><b>Null pointer constants</b></dt>
1139
John Criswelldfe6a862004-12-10 15:51:16 +00001140 <dd>The identifier '<tt>null</tt>' is recognized as a null pointer constant
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001141 and must be of <a href="#t_pointer">pointer type</a>.</dd>
1142
1143</dl>
1144
John Criswelldfe6a862004-12-10 15:51:16 +00001145<p>The one non-intuitive notation for constants is the optional hexadecimal form
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001146of floating point constants. For example, the form '<tt>double
11470x432ff973cafa8000</tt>' is equivalent to (but harder to read than) '<tt>double
11484.5e+15</tt>'. The only time hexadecimal floating point constants are required
Reid Spencer8f08d802004-12-09 18:02:53 +00001149(and the only time that they are generated by the disassembler) is when a
1150floating point constant must be emitted but it cannot be represented as a
1151decimal floating point number. For example, NaN's, infinities, and other
1152special values are represented in their IEEE hexadecimal format so that
1153assembly and disassembly do not cause any bits to change in the constants.</p>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001154
1155</div>
1156
1157<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1158<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="aggregateconstants">Aggregate Constants</a>
1159</div>
1160
1161<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner455fc8c2005-03-07 22:13:59 +00001162<p>Aggregate constants arise from aggregation of simple constants
1163and smaller aggregate constants.</p>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001164
1165<dl>
1166 <dt><b>Structure constants</b></dt>
1167
1168 <dd>Structure constants are represented with notation similar to structure
1169 type definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by braces
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001170 (<tt>{}</tt>)). For example: "<tt>{ i32 4, float 17.0, i32* %G }</tt>",
1171 where "<tt>%G</tt>" is declared as "<tt>%G = external global i32</tt>". Structure constants
Chris Lattner455fc8c2005-03-07 22:13:59 +00001172 must have <a href="#t_struct">structure type</a>, and the number and
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001173 types of elements must match those specified by the type.
1174 </dd>
1175
1176 <dt><b>Array constants</b></dt>
1177
1178 <dd>Array constants are represented with notation similar to array type
1179 definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by square brackets
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001180 (<tt>[]</tt>)). For example: "<tt>[ i32 42, i32 11, i32 74 ]</tt>". Array
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001181 constants must have <a href="#t_array">array type</a>, and the number and
1182 types of elements must match those specified by the type.
1183 </dd>
1184
1185 <dt><b>Packed constants</b></dt>
1186
1187 <dd>Packed constants are represented with notation similar to packed type
1188 definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001189 less-than/greater-than's (<tt>&lt;&gt;</tt>)). For example: "<tt>&lt; i32 42,
1190 i32 11, i32 74, i32 100 &gt;</tt>". Packed constants must have <a
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001191 href="#t_packed">packed type</a>, and the number and types of elements must
1192 match those specified by the type.
1193 </dd>
1194
1195 <dt><b>Zero initialization</b></dt>
1196
1197 <dd>The string '<tt>zeroinitializer</tt>' can be used to zero initialize a
1198 value to zero of <em>any</em> type, including scalar and aggregate types.
1199 This is often used to avoid having to print large zero initializers (e.g. for
John Criswell4c0cf7f2005-10-24 16:17:18 +00001200 large arrays) and is always exactly equivalent to using explicit zero
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001201 initializers.
1202 </dd>
1203</dl>
1204
1205</div>
1206
1207<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1208<div class="doc_subsection">
1209 <a name="globalconstants">Global Variable and Function Addresses</a>
1210</div>
1211
1212<div class="doc_text">
1213
1214<p>The addresses of <a href="#globalvars">global variables</a> and <a
1215href="#functionstructure">functions</a> are always implicitly valid (link-time)
John Criswelldfe6a862004-12-10 15:51:16 +00001216constants. These constants are explicitly referenced when the <a
1217href="#identifiers">identifier for the global</a> is used and always have <a
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001218href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> type. For example, the following is a legal LLVM
1219file:</p>
1220
1221<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001222 %X = global i32 17
1223 %Y = global i32 42
1224 %Z = global [2 x i32*] [ i32* %X, i32* %Y ]
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001225</pre>
1226
1227</div>
1228
1229<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Reid Spencer641f5c92004-12-09 18:13:12 +00001230<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="undefvalues">Undefined Values</a></div>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001231<div class="doc_text">
Reid Spencer641f5c92004-12-09 18:13:12 +00001232 <p>The string '<tt>undef</tt>' is recognized as a type-less constant that has
John Criswell4a3327e2005-05-13 22:25:59 +00001233 no specific value. Undefined values may be of any type and be used anywhere
Reid Spencer641f5c92004-12-09 18:13:12 +00001234 a constant is permitted.</p>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001235
Reid Spencer641f5c92004-12-09 18:13:12 +00001236 <p>Undefined values indicate to the compiler that the program is well defined
1237 no matter what value is used, giving the compiler more freedom to optimize.
1238 </p>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001239</div>
1240
1241<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1242<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="constantexprs">Constant Expressions</a>
1243</div>
1244
1245<div class="doc_text">
1246
1247<p>Constant expressions are used to allow expressions involving other constants
1248to be used as constants. Constant expressions may be of any <a
John Criswell4a3327e2005-05-13 22:25:59 +00001249href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type and may involve any LLVM operation
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001250that does not have side effects (e.g. load and call are not supported). The
1251following is the syntax for constant expressions:</p>
1252
1253<dl>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00001254 <dt><b><tt>trunc ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
1255 <dd>Truncate a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be larger
1256 than the bit size of TYPE. Both types must be integral.</dd>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001257
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00001258 <dt><b><tt>zext ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
1259 <dd>Zero extend a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be
1260 smaller or equal to the bit size of TYPE. Both types must be integral.</dd>
1261
1262 <dt><b><tt>sext ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
1263 <dd>Sign extend a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be
1264 smaller or equal to the bit size of TYPE. Both types must be integral.</dd>
1265
1266 <dt><b><tt>fptrunc ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
1267 <dd>Truncate a floating point constant to another floating point type. The
1268 size of CST must be larger than the size of TYPE. Both types must be
1269 floating point.</dd>
1270
1271 <dt><b><tt>fpext ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
1272 <dd>Floating point extend a constant to another type. The size of CST must be
1273 smaller or equal to the size of TYPE. Both types must be floating point.</dd>
1274
1275 <dt><b><tt>fp2uint ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
1276 <dd>Convert a floating point constant to the corresponding unsigned integer
1277 constant. TYPE must be an integer type. CST must be floating point. If the
1278 value won't fit in the integer type, the results are undefined.</dd>
1279
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00001280 <dt><b><tt>fptosi ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00001281 <dd>Convert a floating point constant to the corresponding signed integer
1282 constant. TYPE must be an integer type. CST must be floating point. If the
1283 value won't fit in the integer type, the results are undefined.</dd>
1284
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00001285 <dt><b><tt>uitofp ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00001286 <dd>Convert an unsigned integer constant to the corresponding floating point
1287 constant. TYPE must be floating point. CST must be of integer type. If the
1288 value won't fit in the floating point type, the results are undefined.</dd>
1289
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00001290 <dt><b><tt>sitofp ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00001291 <dd>Convert a signed integer constant to the corresponding floating point
1292 constant. TYPE must be floating point. CST must be of integer type. If the
1293 value won't fit in the floating point type, the results are undefined.</dd>
1294
Reid Spencer5b950642006-11-11 23:08:07 +00001295 <dt><b><tt>ptrtoint ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
1296 <dd>Convert a pointer typed constant to the corresponding integer constant
1297 TYPE must be an integer type. CST must be of pointer type. The CST value is
1298 zero extended, truncated, or unchanged to make it fit in TYPE.</dd>
1299
1300 <dt><b><tt>inttoptr ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
1301 <dd>Convert a integer constant to a pointer constant. TYPE must be a
1302 pointer type. CST must be of integer type. The CST value is zero extended,
1303 truncated, or unchanged to make it fit in a pointer size. This one is
1304 <i>really</i> dangerous!</dd>
1305
1306 <dt><b><tt>bitcast ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00001307 <dd>Convert a constant, CST, to another TYPE. The size of CST and TYPE must be
1308 identical (same number of bits). The conversion is done as if the CST value
1309 was stored to memory and read back as TYPE. In other words, no bits change
Reid Spencer5b950642006-11-11 23:08:07 +00001310 with this operator, just the type. This can be used for conversion of
1311 packed types to any other type, as long as they have the same bit width. For
1312 pointers it is only valid to cast to another pointer type.
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00001313 </dd>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001314
1315 <dt><b><tt>getelementptr ( CSTPTR, IDX0, IDX1, ... )</tt></b></dt>
1316
1317 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr operation</a> on
1318 constants. As with the <a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a>
1319 instruction, the index list may have zero or more indexes, which are required
1320 to make sense for the type of "CSTPTR".</dd>
1321
Robert Bocchino7e97a6d2006-01-10 19:31:34 +00001322 <dt><b><tt>select ( COND, VAL1, VAL2 )</tt></b></dt>
1323
1324 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_select">select operation</a> on
Reid Spencer9965ee72006-12-04 19:23:19 +00001325 constants.</dd>
1326
1327 <dt><b><tt>icmp COND ( VAL1, VAL2 )</tt></b></dt>
1328 <dd>Performs the <a href="#i_icmp">icmp operation</a> on constants.</dd>
1329
1330 <dt><b><tt>fcmp COND ( VAL1, VAL2 )</tt></b></dt>
1331 <dd>Performs the <a href="#i_fcmp">fcmp operation</a> on constants.</dd>
Robert Bocchino7e97a6d2006-01-10 19:31:34 +00001332
1333 <dt><b><tt>extractelement ( VAL, IDX )</tt></b></dt>
1334
1335 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_extractelement">extractelement
1336 operation</a> on constants.
1337
Robert Bocchinof72fdfe2006-01-15 20:48:27 +00001338 <dt><b><tt>insertelement ( VAL, ELT, IDX )</tt></b></dt>
1339
1340 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_insertelement">insertelement
Reid Spencer9965ee72006-12-04 19:23:19 +00001341 operation</a> on constants.</dd>
Robert Bocchinof72fdfe2006-01-15 20:48:27 +00001342
Chris Lattner016a0e52006-04-08 00:13:41 +00001343
1344 <dt><b><tt>shufflevector ( VEC1, VEC2, IDXMASK )</tt></b></dt>
1345
1346 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_shufflevector">shufflevector
Reid Spencer9965ee72006-12-04 19:23:19 +00001347 operation</a> on constants.</dd>
Chris Lattner016a0e52006-04-08 00:13:41 +00001348
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001349 <dt><b><tt>OPCODE ( LHS, RHS )</tt></b></dt>
1350
Reid Spencer641f5c92004-12-09 18:13:12 +00001351 <dd>Perform the specified operation of the LHS and RHS constants. OPCODE may
1352 be any of the <a href="#binaryops">binary</a> or <a href="#bitwiseops">bitwise
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001353 binary</a> operations. The constraints on operands are the same as those for
1354 the corresponding instruction (e.g. no bitwise operations on floating point
John Criswell02fdc6f2005-05-12 16:52:32 +00001355 values are allowed).</dd>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001356</dl>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001357</div>
Chris Lattnerb1652612004-03-08 16:49:10 +00001358
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001359<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +00001360<div class="doc_section"> <a name="othervalues">Other Values</a> </div>
1361<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
1362
1363<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1364<div class="doc_subsection">
1365<a name="inlineasm">Inline Assembler Expressions</a>
1366</div>
1367
1368<div class="doc_text">
1369
1370<p>
1371LLVM supports inline assembler expressions (as opposed to <a href="#moduleasm">
1372Module-Level Inline Assembly</a>) through the use of a special value. This
1373value represents the inline assembler as a string (containing the instructions
1374to emit), a list of operand constraints (stored as a string), and a flag that
1375indicates whether or not the inline asm expression has side effects. An example
1376inline assembler expression is:
1377</p>
1378
1379<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001380 i32 (i32) asm "bswap $0", "=r,r"
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +00001381</pre>
1382
1383<p>
1384Inline assembler expressions may <b>only</b> be used as the callee operand of
1385a <a href="#i_call"><tt>call</tt> instruction</a>. Thus, typically we have:
1386</p>
1387
1388<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001389 %X = call i32 asm "<a href="#i_bswap">bswap</a> $0", "=r,r"(i32 %Y)
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +00001390</pre>
1391
1392<p>
1393Inline asms with side effects not visible in the constraint list must be marked
1394as having side effects. This is done through the use of the
1395'<tt>sideeffect</tt>' keyword, like so:
1396</p>
1397
1398<pre>
1399 call void asm sideeffect "eieio", ""()
1400</pre>
1401
1402<p>TODO: The format of the asm and constraints string still need to be
1403documented here. Constraints on what can be done (e.g. duplication, moving, etc
1404need to be documented).
1405</p>
1406
1407</div>
1408
1409<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001410<div class="doc_section"> <a name="instref">Instruction Reference</a> </div>
1411<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001412
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001413<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001414
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001415<p>The LLVM instruction set consists of several different
1416classifications of instructions: <a href="#terminators">terminator
John Criswell4a3327e2005-05-13 22:25:59 +00001417instructions</a>, <a href="#binaryops">binary instructions</a>,
1418<a href="#bitwiseops">bitwise binary instructions</a>, <a
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001419 href="#memoryops">memory instructions</a>, and <a href="#otherops">other
1420instructions</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001421
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001422</div>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001423
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001424<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001425<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="terminators">Terminator
1426Instructions</a> </div>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001427
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001428<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001429
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001430<p>As mentioned <a href="#functionstructure">previously</a>, every
1431basic block in a program ends with a "Terminator" instruction, which
1432indicates which block should be executed after the current block is
1433finished. These terminator instructions typically yield a '<tt>void</tt>'
1434value: they produce control flow, not values (the one exception being
1435the '<a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>' instruction).</p>
John Criswelldfe6a862004-12-10 15:51:16 +00001436<p>There are six different terminator instructions: the '<a
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001437 href="#i_ret"><tt>ret</tt></a>' instruction, the '<a href="#i_br"><tt>br</tt></a>'
1438instruction, the '<a href="#i_switch"><tt>switch</tt></a>' instruction,
Chris Lattner08b7d5b2004-10-16 18:04:13 +00001439the '<a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>' instruction, the '<a
1440 href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a>' instruction, and the '<a
1441 href="#i_unreachable"><tt>unreachable</tt></a>' instruction.</p>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001442
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001443</div>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001444
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001445<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001446<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_ret">'<tt>ret</tt>'
1447Instruction</a> </div>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001448<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001449<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001450<pre> ret &lt;type&gt; &lt;value&gt; <i>; Return a value from a non-void function</i>
Chris Lattner590645f2002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001451 ret void <i>; Return from void function</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001452</pre>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001453<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001454<p>The '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction is used to return control flow (and a
John Criswell4a3327e2005-05-13 22:25:59 +00001455value) from a function back to the caller.</p>
John Criswell417228d2004-04-09 16:48:45 +00001456<p>There are two forms of the '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction: one that
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001457returns a value and then causes control flow, and one that just causes
1458control flow to occur.</p>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001459<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001460<p>The '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction may return any '<a
1461 href="#t_firstclass">first class</a>' type. Notice that a function is
1462not <a href="#wellformed">well formed</a> if there exists a '<tt>ret</tt>'
1463instruction inside of the function that returns a value that does not
1464match the return type of the function.</p>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001465<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001466<p>When the '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction is executed, control flow
1467returns back to the calling function's context. If the caller is a "<a
John Criswell40db33f2004-06-25 15:16:57 +00001468 href="#i_call"><tt>call</tt></a>" instruction, execution continues at
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001469the instruction after the call. If the caller was an "<a
1470 href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>" instruction, execution continues
John Criswell02fdc6f2005-05-12 16:52:32 +00001471at the beginning of the "normal" destination block. If the instruction
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001472returns a value, that value shall set the call or invoke instruction's
1473return value.</p>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001474<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001475<pre> ret i32 5 <i>; Return an integer value of 5</i>
Chris Lattner590645f2002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001476 ret void <i>; Return from a void function</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001477</pre>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001478</div>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001479<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001480<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_br">'<tt>br</tt>' Instruction</a> </div>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001481<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001482<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001483<pre> br bool &lt;cond&gt;, label &lt;iftrue&gt;, label &lt;iffalse&gt;<br> br label &lt;dest&gt; <i>; Unconditional branch</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001484</pre>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001485<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001486<p>The '<tt>br</tt>' instruction is used to cause control flow to
1487transfer to a different basic block in the current function. There are
1488two forms of this instruction, corresponding to a conditional branch
1489and an unconditional branch.</p>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001490<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001491<p>The conditional branch form of the '<tt>br</tt>' instruction takes a
1492single '<tt>bool</tt>' value and two '<tt>label</tt>' values. The
1493unconditional form of the '<tt>br</tt>' instruction takes a single '<tt>label</tt>'
1494value as a target.</p>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001495<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001496<p>Upon execution of a conditional '<tt>br</tt>' instruction, the '<tt>bool</tt>'
1497argument is evaluated. If the value is <tt>true</tt>, control flows
1498to the '<tt>iftrue</tt>' <tt>label</tt> argument. If "cond" is <tt>false</tt>,
1499control flows to the '<tt>iffalse</tt>' <tt>label</tt> argument.</p>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001500<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001501<pre>Test:<br> %cond = <a href="#i_icmp">icmp</a> eq, i32 %a, %b<br> br bool %cond, label %IfEqual, label %IfUnequal<br>IfEqual:<br> <a
1502 href="#i_ret">ret</a> i32 1<br>IfUnequal:<br> <a href="#i_ret">ret</a> i32 0<br></pre>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001503</div>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001504<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnercf96c6c2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00001505<div class="doc_subsubsection">
1506 <a name="i_switch">'<tt>switch</tt>' Instruction</a>
1507</div>
1508
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001509<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001510<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnercf96c6c2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00001511
1512<pre>
1513 switch &lt;intty&gt; &lt;value&gt;, label &lt;defaultdest&gt; [ &lt;intty&gt; &lt;val&gt;, label &lt;dest&gt; ... ]
1514</pre>
1515
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001516<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnercf96c6c2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00001517
1518<p>The '<tt>switch</tt>' instruction is used to transfer control flow to one of
1519several different places. It is a generalization of the '<tt>br</tt>'
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001520instruction, allowing a branch to occur to one of many possible
1521destinations.</p>
Chris Lattnercf96c6c2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00001522
1523
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001524<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnercf96c6c2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00001525
1526<p>The '<tt>switch</tt>' instruction uses three parameters: an integer
1527comparison value '<tt>value</tt>', a default '<tt>label</tt>' destination, and
1528an array of pairs of comparison value constants and '<tt>label</tt>'s. The
1529table is not allowed to contain duplicate constant entries.</p>
1530
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001531<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattnercf96c6c2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00001532
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001533<p>The <tt>switch</tt> instruction specifies a table of values and
1534destinations. When the '<tt>switch</tt>' instruction is executed, this
John Criswellbcbb18c2004-06-25 16:05:06 +00001535table is searched for the given value. If the value is found, control flow is
1536transfered to the corresponding destination; otherwise, control flow is
1537transfered to the default destination.</p>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001538
Chris Lattnercf96c6c2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00001539<h5>Implementation:</h5>
1540
1541<p>Depending on properties of the target machine and the particular
1542<tt>switch</tt> instruction, this instruction may be code generated in different
John Criswellbcbb18c2004-06-25 16:05:06 +00001543ways. For example, it could be generated as a series of chained conditional
1544branches or with a lookup table.</p>
Chris Lattnercf96c6c2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00001545
1546<h5>Example:</h5>
1547
1548<pre>
1549 <i>; Emulate a conditional br instruction</i>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001550 %Val = <a href="#i_zext">zext</a> bool %value to i32
1551 switch i32 %Val, label %truedest [i32 0, label %falsedest ]
Chris Lattnercf96c6c2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00001552
1553 <i>; Emulate an unconditional br instruction</i>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001554 switch i32 0, label %dest [ ]
Chris Lattnercf96c6c2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00001555
1556 <i>; Implement a jump table:</i>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001557 switch i32 %val, label %otherwise [ i32 0, label %onzero
1558 i32 1, label %onone
1559 i32 2, label %ontwo ]
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001560</pre>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001561</div>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00001562
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001563<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00001564<div class="doc_subsubsection">
1565 <a name="i_invoke">'<tt>invoke</tt>' Instruction</a>
1566</div>
1567
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001568<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00001569
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001570<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00001571
1572<pre>
1573 &lt;result&gt; = invoke [<a href="#callingconv">cconv</a>] &lt;ptr to function ty&gt; %&lt;function ptr val&gt;(&lt;function args&gt;)
Chris Lattner6b7a0082006-05-14 18:23:06 +00001574 to label &lt;normal label&gt; unwind label &lt;exception label&gt;
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00001575</pre>
1576
Chris Lattnera8292f32002-05-06 22:08:29 +00001577<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00001578
1579<p>The '<tt>invoke</tt>' instruction causes control to transfer to a specified
1580function, with the possibility of control flow transfer to either the
John Criswell02fdc6f2005-05-12 16:52:32 +00001581'<tt>normal</tt>' label or the
1582'<tt>exception</tt>' label. If the callee function returns with the
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00001583"<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>" instruction, control flow will return to the
1584"normal" label. If the callee (or any indirect callees) returns with the "<a
John Criswell02fdc6f2005-05-12 16:52:32 +00001585href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a>" instruction, control is interrupted and
1586continued at the dynamically nearest "exception" label.</p>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00001587
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001588<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00001589
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001590<p>This instruction requires several arguments:</p>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00001591
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001592<ol>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00001593 <li>
John Criswell4a3327e2005-05-13 22:25:59 +00001594 The optional "cconv" marker indicates which <a href="callingconv">calling
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00001595 convention</a> the call should use. If none is specified, the call defaults
1596 to using C calling conventions.
1597 </li>
1598 <li>'<tt>ptr to function ty</tt>': shall be the signature of the pointer to
1599 function value being invoked. In most cases, this is a direct function
1600 invocation, but indirect <tt>invoke</tt>s are just as possible, branching off
1601 an arbitrary pointer to function value.
1602 </li>
1603
1604 <li>'<tt>function ptr val</tt>': An LLVM value containing a pointer to a
1605 function to be invoked. </li>
1606
1607 <li>'<tt>function args</tt>': argument list whose types match the function
1608 signature argument types. If the function signature indicates the function
1609 accepts a variable number of arguments, the extra arguments can be
1610 specified. </li>
1611
1612 <li>'<tt>normal label</tt>': the label reached when the called function
1613 executes a '<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>' instruction. </li>
1614
1615 <li>'<tt>exception label</tt>': the label reached when a callee returns with
1616 the <a href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a> instruction. </li>
1617
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001618</ol>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00001619
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001620<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00001621
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001622<p>This instruction is designed to operate as a standard '<tt><a
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00001623href="#i_call">call</a></tt>' instruction in most regards. The primary
1624difference is that it establishes an association with a label, which is used by
1625the runtime library to unwind the stack.</p>
1626
1627<p>This instruction is used in languages with destructors to ensure that proper
1628cleanup is performed in the case of either a <tt>longjmp</tt> or a thrown
1629exception. Additionally, this is important for implementation of
1630'<tt>catch</tt>' clauses in high-level languages that support them.</p>
1631
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001632<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00001633<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001634 %retval = invoke i32 %Test(i32 15) to label %Continue
1635 unwind label %TestCleanup <i>; {i32}:retval set</i>
1636 %retval = invoke <a href="#callingconv">coldcc</a> i32 %Test(i32 15) to label %Continue
1637 unwind label %TestCleanup <i>; {i32}:retval set</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001638</pre>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001639</div>
Chris Lattner08b7d5b2004-10-16 18:04:13 +00001640
1641
Chris Lattner5ed60612003-09-03 00:41:47 +00001642<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner08b7d5b2004-10-16 18:04:13 +00001643
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001644<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_unwind">'<tt>unwind</tt>'
1645Instruction</a> </div>
Chris Lattner08b7d5b2004-10-16 18:04:13 +00001646
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001647<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner08b7d5b2004-10-16 18:04:13 +00001648
Chris Lattner5ed60612003-09-03 00:41:47 +00001649<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner08b7d5b2004-10-16 18:04:13 +00001650<pre>
1651 unwind
1652</pre>
1653
Chris Lattner5ed60612003-09-03 00:41:47 +00001654<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner08b7d5b2004-10-16 18:04:13 +00001655
1656<p>The '<tt>unwind</tt>' instruction unwinds the stack, continuing control flow
1657at the first callee in the dynamic call stack which used an <a
1658href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a> instruction to perform the call. This is
1659primarily used to implement exception handling.</p>
1660
Chris Lattner5ed60612003-09-03 00:41:47 +00001661<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner08b7d5b2004-10-16 18:04:13 +00001662
1663<p>The '<tt>unwind</tt>' intrinsic causes execution of the current function to
1664immediately halt. The dynamic call stack is then searched for the first <a
1665href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a> instruction on the call stack. Once found,
1666execution continues at the "exceptional" destination block specified by the
1667<tt>invoke</tt> instruction. If there is no <tt>invoke</tt> instruction in the
1668dynamic call chain, undefined behavior results.</p>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001669</div>
Chris Lattner08b7d5b2004-10-16 18:04:13 +00001670
1671<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1672
1673<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_unreachable">'<tt>unreachable</tt>'
1674Instruction</a> </div>
1675
1676<div class="doc_text">
1677
1678<h5>Syntax:</h5>
1679<pre>
1680 unreachable
1681</pre>
1682
1683<h5>Overview:</h5>
1684
1685<p>The '<tt>unreachable</tt>' instruction has no defined semantics. This
1686instruction is used to inform the optimizer that a particular portion of the
1687code is not reachable. This can be used to indicate that the code after a
1688no-return function cannot be reached, and other facts.</p>
1689
1690<h5>Semantics:</h5>
1691
1692<p>The '<tt>unreachable</tt>' instruction has no defined semantics.</p>
1693</div>
1694
1695
1696
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001697<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001698<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="binaryops">Binary Operations</a> </div>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001699<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001700<p>Binary operators are used to do most of the computation in a
1701program. They require two operands, execute an operation on them, and
John Criswelldfe6a862004-12-10 15:51:16 +00001702produce a single value. The operands might represent
Chris Lattnerc8cb6952004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001703multiple data, as is the case with the <a href="#t_packed">packed</a> data type.
1704The result value of a binary operator is not
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001705necessarily the same type as its operands.</p>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001706<p>There are several different binary operators:</p>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001707</div>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001708<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001709<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_add">'<tt>add</tt>'
1710Instruction</a> </div>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001711<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001712<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001713<pre> &lt;result&gt; = add &lt;ty&gt; &lt;var1&gt;, &lt;var2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001714</pre>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001715<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001716<p>The '<tt>add</tt>' instruction returns the sum of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001717<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001718<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>add</tt>' instruction must be either <a
Chris Lattnerc8cb6952004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001719 href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> values.
1720 This instruction can also take <a href="#t_packed">packed</a> versions of the values.
1721Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001722<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001723<p>The value produced is the integer or floating point sum of the two
1724operands.</p>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001725<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001726<pre> &lt;result&gt; = add i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 + %var</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001727</pre>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001728</div>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001729<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001730<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_sub">'<tt>sub</tt>'
1731Instruction</a> </div>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001732<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001733<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001734<pre> &lt;result&gt; = sub &lt;ty&gt; &lt;var1&gt;, &lt;var2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001735</pre>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001736<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001737<p>The '<tt>sub</tt>' instruction returns the difference of its two
1738operands.</p>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001739<p>Note that the '<tt>sub</tt>' instruction is used to represent the '<tt>neg</tt>'
1740instruction present in most other intermediate representations.</p>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001741<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001742<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>sub</tt>' instruction must be either <a
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001743 href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>
Chris Lattnerc8cb6952004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001744values.
1745This instruction can also take <a href="#t_packed">packed</a> versions of the values.
1746Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001747<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001748<p>The value produced is the integer or floating point difference of
1749the two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001750<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001751<pre> &lt;result&gt; = sub i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 - %var</i>
1752 &lt;result&gt; = sub i32 0, %val <i>; yields {i32}:result = -%var</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001753</pre>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001754</div>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001755<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001756<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_mul">'<tt>mul</tt>'
1757Instruction</a> </div>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001758<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001759<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001760<pre> &lt;result&gt; = mul &lt;ty&gt; &lt;var1&gt;, &lt;var2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001761</pre>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001762<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001763<p>The '<tt>mul</tt>' instruction returns the product of its two
1764operands.</p>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001765<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001766<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>mul</tt>' instruction must be either <a
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001767 href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>
Chris Lattnerc8cb6952004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001768values.
1769This instruction can also take <a href="#t_packed">packed</a> versions of the values.
1770Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001771<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001772<p>The value produced is the integer or floating point product of the
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001773two operands.</p>
Reid Spencer3e628eb92007-01-04 16:43:23 +00001774<p>Because the operands are the same width, the result of an integer
1775multiplication is the same whether the operands should be deemed unsigned or
1776signed.</p>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001777<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001778<pre> &lt;result&gt; = mul i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 * %var</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001779</pre>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001780</div>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001781<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00001782<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_udiv">'<tt>udiv</tt>' Instruction
1783</a></div>
1784<div class="doc_text">
1785<h5>Syntax:</h5>
1786<pre> &lt;result&gt; = udiv &lt;ty&gt; &lt;var1&gt;, &lt;var2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
1787</pre>
1788<h5>Overview:</h5>
1789<p>The '<tt>udiv</tt>' instruction returns the quotient of its two
1790operands.</p>
1791<h5>Arguments:</h5>
1792<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>udiv</tt>' instruction must be
1793<a href="#t_integer">integer</a> values. Both arguments must have identical
1794types. This instruction can also take <a href="#t_packed">packed</a> versions
1795of the values in which case the elements must be integers.</p>
1796<h5>Semantics:</h5>
1797<p>The value produced is the unsigned integer quotient of the two operands. This
1798instruction always performs an unsigned division operation, regardless of
1799whether the arguments are unsigned or not.</p>
1800<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001801<pre> &lt;result&gt; = udiv i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 / %var</i>
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00001802</pre>
1803</div>
1804<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1805<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_sdiv">'<tt>sdiv</tt>' Instruction
1806</a> </div>
1807<div class="doc_text">
1808<h5>Syntax:</h5>
1809<pre> &lt;result&gt; = sdiv &lt;ty&gt; &lt;var1&gt;, &lt;var2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
1810</pre>
1811<h5>Overview:</h5>
1812<p>The '<tt>sdiv</tt>' instruction returns the quotient of its two
1813operands.</p>
1814<h5>Arguments:</h5>
1815<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>sdiv</tt>' instruction must be
1816<a href="#t_integer">integer</a> values. Both arguments must have identical
1817types. This instruction can also take <a href="#t_packed">packed</a> versions
1818of the values in which case the elements must be integers.</p>
1819<h5>Semantics:</h5>
1820<p>The value produced is the signed integer quotient of the two operands. This
1821instruction always performs a signed division operation, regardless of whether
1822the arguments are signed or not.</p>
1823<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001824<pre> &lt;result&gt; = sdiv i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 / %var</i>
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00001825</pre>
1826</div>
1827<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1828<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_fdiv">'<tt>fdiv</tt>'
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001829Instruction</a> </div>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001830<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001831<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00001832<pre> &lt;result&gt; = fdiv &lt;ty&gt; &lt;var1&gt;, &lt;var2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001833</pre>
1834<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00001835<p>The '<tt>fdiv</tt>' instruction returns the quotient of its two
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001836operands.</p>
1837<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00001838<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>div</tt>' instruction must be
1839<a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> values. Both arguments must have
1840identical types. This instruction can also take <a href="#t_packed">packed</a>
1841versions of the values in which case the elements must be floating point.</p>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001842<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00001843<p>The value produced is the floating point quotient of the two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001844<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00001845<pre> &lt;result&gt; = fdiv float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 / %var</i>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001846</pre>
1847</div>
1848<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00001849<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_urem">'<tt>urem</tt>' Instruction</a>
1850</div>
1851<div class="doc_text">
1852<h5>Syntax:</h5>
1853<pre> &lt;result&gt; = urem &lt;ty&gt; &lt;var1&gt;, &lt;var2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
1854</pre>
1855<h5>Overview:</h5>
1856<p>The '<tt>urem</tt>' instruction returns the remainder from the
1857unsigned division of its two arguments.</p>
1858<h5>Arguments:</h5>
1859<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>urem</tt>' instruction must be
1860<a href="#t_integer">integer</a> values. Both arguments must have identical
1861types.</p>
1862<h5>Semantics:</h5>
1863<p>This instruction returns the unsigned integer <i>remainder</i> of a division.
1864This instruction always performs an unsigned division to get the remainder,
1865regardless of whether the arguments are unsigned or not.</p>
1866<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001867<pre> &lt;result&gt; = urem i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 % %var</i>
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00001868</pre>
1869
1870</div>
1871<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1872<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_srem">'<tt>srem</tt>'
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001873Instruction</a> </div>
1874<div class="doc_text">
1875<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00001876<pre> &lt;result&gt; = srem &lt;ty&gt; &lt;var1&gt;, &lt;var2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001877</pre>
1878<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00001879<p>The '<tt>srem</tt>' instruction returns the remainder from the
1880signed division of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001881<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00001882<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>srem</tt>' instruction must be
1883<a href="#t_integer">integer</a> values. Both arguments must have identical
1884types.</p>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001885<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00001886<p>This instruction returns the <i>remainder</i> of a division (where the result
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001887has the same sign as the divisor), not the <i>modulus</i> (where the
1888result has the same sign as the dividend) of a value. For more
John Criswell4c0cf7f2005-10-24 16:17:18 +00001889information about the difference, see <a
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001890 href="http://mathforum.org/dr.math/problems/anne.4.28.99.html">The
1891Math Forum</a>.</p>
1892<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001893<pre> &lt;result&gt; = srem i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 % %var</i>
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00001894</pre>
1895
1896</div>
1897<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1898<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_frem">'<tt>frem</tt>'
1899Instruction</a> </div>
1900<div class="doc_text">
1901<h5>Syntax:</h5>
1902<pre> &lt;result&gt; = frem &lt;ty&gt; &lt;var1&gt;, &lt;var2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
1903</pre>
1904<h5>Overview:</h5>
1905<p>The '<tt>frem</tt>' instruction returns the remainder from the
1906division of its two operands.</p>
1907<h5>Arguments:</h5>
1908<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>frem</tt>' instruction must be
1909<a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> values. Both arguments must have
1910identical types.</p>
1911<h5>Semantics:</h5>
1912<p>This instruction returns the <i>remainder</i> of a division.</p>
1913<h5>Example:</h5>
1914<pre> &lt;result&gt; = frem float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 % %var</i>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001915</pre>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001916</div>
Robert Bocchino820bc75b2006-02-17 21:18:08 +00001917
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001918<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001919<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="bitwiseops">Bitwise Binary
1920Operations</a> </div>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001921<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001922<p>Bitwise binary operators are used to do various forms of
1923bit-twiddling in a program. They are generally very efficient
John Criswelldfe6a862004-12-10 15:51:16 +00001924instructions and can commonly be strength reduced from other
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001925instructions. They require two operands, execute an operation on them,
1926and produce a single value. The resulting value of the bitwise binary
1927operators is always the same type as its first operand.</p>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001928</div>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001929<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001930<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_and">'<tt>and</tt>'
1931Instruction</a> </div>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001932<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001933<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001934<pre> &lt;result&gt; = and &lt;ty&gt; &lt;var1&gt;, &lt;var2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001935</pre>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001936<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001937<p>The '<tt>and</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical and of
1938its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001939<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001940<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>and</tt>' instruction must be <a
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001941 href="#t_integral">integral</a> values. Both arguments must have
1942identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001943<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001944<p>The truth table used for the '<tt>and</tt>' instruction is:</p>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001945<p> </p>
Misha Brukmanc501f552004-03-01 17:47:27 +00001946<div style="align: center">
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001947<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001948 <tbody>
1949 <tr>
1950 <td>In0</td>
1951 <td>In1</td>
1952 <td>Out</td>
1953 </tr>
1954 <tr>
1955 <td>0</td>
1956 <td>0</td>
1957 <td>0</td>
1958 </tr>
1959 <tr>
1960 <td>0</td>
1961 <td>1</td>
1962 <td>0</td>
1963 </tr>
1964 <tr>
1965 <td>1</td>
1966 <td>0</td>
1967 <td>0</td>
1968 </tr>
1969 <tr>
1970 <td>1</td>
1971 <td>1</td>
1972 <td>1</td>
1973 </tr>
1974 </tbody>
1975</table>
Misha Brukmanc501f552004-03-01 17:47:27 +00001976</div>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001977<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001978<pre> &lt;result&gt; = and i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 &amp; %var</i>
1979 &lt;result&gt; = and i32 15, 40 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 8</i>
1980 &lt;result&gt; = and i32 4, 8 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 0</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001981</pre>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001982</div>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001983<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001984<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_or">'<tt>or</tt>' Instruction</a> </div>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001985<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001986<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001987<pre> &lt;result&gt; = or &lt;ty&gt; &lt;var1&gt;, &lt;var2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001988</pre>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001989<h5>Overview:</h5>
1990<p>The '<tt>or</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical inclusive
1991or of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001992<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001993<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>or</tt>' instruction must be <a
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001994 href="#t_integral">integral</a> values. Both arguments must have
1995identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001996<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001997<p>The truth table used for the '<tt>or</tt>' instruction is:</p>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001998<p> </p>
Misha Brukmanc501f552004-03-01 17:47:27 +00001999<div style="align: center">
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002000<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
2001 <tbody>
2002 <tr>
2003 <td>In0</td>
2004 <td>In1</td>
2005 <td>Out</td>
2006 </tr>
2007 <tr>
2008 <td>0</td>
2009 <td>0</td>
2010 <td>0</td>
2011 </tr>
2012 <tr>
2013 <td>0</td>
2014 <td>1</td>
2015 <td>1</td>
2016 </tr>
2017 <tr>
2018 <td>1</td>
2019 <td>0</td>
2020 <td>1</td>
2021 </tr>
2022 <tr>
2023 <td>1</td>
2024 <td>1</td>
2025 <td>1</td>
2026 </tr>
2027 </tbody>
2028</table>
Misha Brukmanc501f552004-03-01 17:47:27 +00002029</div>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002030<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002031<pre> &lt;result&gt; = or i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 | %var</i>
2032 &lt;result&gt; = or i32 15, 40 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 47</i>
2033 &lt;result&gt; = or i32 4, 8 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 12</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002034</pre>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002035</div>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002036<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002037<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_xor">'<tt>xor</tt>'
2038Instruction</a> </div>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002039<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002040<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002041<pre> &lt;result&gt; = xor &lt;ty&gt; &lt;var1&gt;, &lt;var2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002042</pre>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002043<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002044<p>The '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical exclusive
2045or of its two operands. The <tt>xor</tt> is used to implement the
2046"one's complement" operation, which is the "~" operator in C.</p>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002047<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002048<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction must be <a
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002049 href="#t_integral">integral</a> values. Both arguments must have
2050identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002051<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002052<p>The truth table used for the '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction is:</p>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002053<p> </p>
Misha Brukmanc501f552004-03-01 17:47:27 +00002054<div style="align: center">
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002055<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
2056 <tbody>
2057 <tr>
2058 <td>In0</td>
2059 <td>In1</td>
2060 <td>Out</td>
2061 </tr>
2062 <tr>
2063 <td>0</td>
2064 <td>0</td>
2065 <td>0</td>
2066 </tr>
2067 <tr>
2068 <td>0</td>
2069 <td>1</td>
2070 <td>1</td>
2071 </tr>
2072 <tr>
2073 <td>1</td>
2074 <td>0</td>
2075 <td>1</td>
2076 </tr>
2077 <tr>
2078 <td>1</td>
2079 <td>1</td>
2080 <td>0</td>
2081 </tr>
2082 </tbody>
2083</table>
Misha Brukmanc501f552004-03-01 17:47:27 +00002084</div>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002085<p> </p>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002086<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002087<pre> &lt;result&gt; = xor i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 ^ %var</i>
2088 &lt;result&gt; = xor i32 15, 40 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 39</i>
2089 &lt;result&gt; = xor i32 4, 8 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 12</i>
2090 &lt;result&gt; = xor i32 %V, -1 <i>; yields {i32}:result = ~%V</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002091</pre>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002092</div>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002093<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002094<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_shl">'<tt>shl</tt>'
2095Instruction</a> </div>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002096<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002097<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002098<pre> &lt;result&gt; = shl &lt;ty&gt; &lt;var1&gt;, i8 &lt;var2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002099</pre>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002100<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002101<p>The '<tt>shl</tt>' instruction returns the first operand shifted to
2102the left a specified number of bits.</p>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002103<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002104<p>The first argument to the '<tt>shl</tt>' instruction must be an <a
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002105 href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. The second argument must be an '<tt>i8</tt>'
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002106type.</p>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002107<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002108<p>The value produced is <tt>var1</tt> * 2<sup><tt>var2</tt></sup>.</p>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002109<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002110<pre> &lt;result&gt; = shl i32 4, i8 %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 &lt;&lt; %var</i>
2111 &lt;result&gt; = shl i32 4, i8 2 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 16</i>
2112 &lt;result&gt; = shl i32 1, i8 10 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 1024</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002113</pre>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002114</div>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002115<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencerfdff9382006-11-08 06:47:33 +00002116<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_lshr">'<tt>lshr</tt>'
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002117Instruction</a> </div>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002118<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002119<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002120<pre> &lt;result&gt; = lshr &lt;ty&gt; &lt;var1&gt;, i8 &lt;var2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002121</pre>
Reid Spencerfdff9382006-11-08 06:47:33 +00002122
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002123<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencerfdff9382006-11-08 06:47:33 +00002124<p>The '<tt>lshr</tt>' instruction (logical shift right) returns the first
2125operand shifted to the right a specified number of bits.</p>
2126
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002127<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Reid Spencerfdff9382006-11-08 06:47:33 +00002128<p>The first argument to the '<tt>lshr</tt>' instruction must be an <a
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002129 href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. The second argument must be an '<tt>i8</tt>' type.</p>
Reid Spencerfdff9382006-11-08 06:47:33 +00002130
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002131<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer3e628eb92007-01-04 16:43:23 +00002132<p>This instruction always performs a logical shift right operation. The
2133<tt>var2</tt> most significant bits will be filled with zero bits after the
2134shift.</p>
Reid Spencerfdff9382006-11-08 06:47:33 +00002135
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002136<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencerfdff9382006-11-08 06:47:33 +00002137<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002138 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i32 4, i8 1 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 2</i>
2139 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i32 4, i8 2 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 1</i>
2140 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i8 4, i8 3 <i>; yields {i8 }:result = 0</i>
2141 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i8 -2, i8 1 <i>; yields {i8 }:result = 0x7FFFFFFF </i>
Reid Spencerfdff9382006-11-08 06:47:33 +00002142</pre>
2143</div>
2144
2145<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2146<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_ashr">'<tt>ashr</tt>'
2147Instruction</a> </div>
2148<div class="doc_text">
2149
2150<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002151<pre> &lt;result&gt; = ashr &lt;ty&gt; &lt;var1&gt;, i8 &lt;var2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencerfdff9382006-11-08 06:47:33 +00002152</pre>
2153
2154<h5>Overview:</h5>
2155<p>The '<tt>ashr</tt>' instruction (arithmetic shift right) returns the first
2156operand shifted to the right a specified number of bits.</p>
2157
2158<h5>Arguments:</h5>
2159<p>The first argument to the '<tt>ashr</tt>' instruction must be an
2160<a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. The second argument must be an
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002161'<tt>i8</tt>' type.</p>
Reid Spencerfdff9382006-11-08 06:47:33 +00002162
2163<h5>Semantics:</h5>
2164<p>This instruction always performs an arithmetic shift right operation,
2165regardless of whether the arguments are signed or not. The <tt>var2</tt> most
2166significant bits will be filled with the sign bit of <tt>var1</tt>.</p>
2167
2168<h5>Example:</h5>
2169<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002170 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i32 4, i8 1 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 2</i>
2171 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i32 4, i8 2 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 1</i>
2172 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i8 4, i8 3 <i>; yields {i8}:result = 0</i>
2173 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i8 -2, i8 1 <i>; yields {i8 }:result = -1</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002174</pre>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002175</div>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002176
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002177<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002178<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00002179 <a name="vectorops">Vector Operations</a>
2180</div>
2181
2182<div class="doc_text">
2183
2184<p>LLVM supports several instructions to represent vector operations in a
2185target-independent manner. This instructions cover the element-access and
2186vector-specific operations needed to process vectors effectively. While LLVM
2187does directly support these vector operations, many sophisticated algorithms
2188will want to use target-specific intrinsics to take full advantage of a specific
2189target.</p>
2190
2191</div>
2192
2193<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
2194<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2195 <a name="i_extractelement">'<tt>extractelement</tt>' Instruction</a>
2196</div>
2197
2198<div class="doc_text">
2199
2200<h5>Syntax:</h5>
2201
2202<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002203 &lt;result&gt; = extractelement &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt; &lt;val&gt;, i32 &lt;idx&gt; <i>; yields &lt;ty&gt;</i>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00002204</pre>
2205
2206<h5>Overview:</h5>
2207
2208<p>
2209The '<tt>extractelement</tt>' instruction extracts a single scalar
2210element from a packed vector at a specified index.
2211</p>
2212
2213
2214<h5>Arguments:</h5>
2215
2216<p>
2217The first operand of an '<tt>extractelement</tt>' instruction is a
2218value of <a href="#t_packed">packed</a> type. The second operand is
2219an index indicating the position from which to extract the element.
2220The index may be a variable.</p>
2221
2222<h5>Semantics:</h5>
2223
2224<p>
2225The result is a scalar of the same type as the element type of
2226<tt>val</tt>. Its value is the value at position <tt>idx</tt> of
2227<tt>val</tt>. If <tt>idx</tt> exceeds the length of <tt>val</tt>, the
2228results are undefined.
2229</p>
2230
2231<h5>Example:</h5>
2232
2233<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002234 %result = extractelement &lt;4 x i32&gt; %vec, i32 0 <i>; yields i32</i>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00002235</pre>
2236</div>
2237
2238
2239<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
2240<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2241 <a name="i_insertelement">'<tt>insertelement</tt>' Instruction</a>
2242</div>
2243
2244<div class="doc_text">
2245
2246<h5>Syntax:</h5>
2247
2248<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002249 &lt;result&gt; = insertelement &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt; &lt;val&gt;, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;elt&gt, i32 &lt;idx&gt; <i>; yields &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt;</i>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00002250</pre>
2251
2252<h5>Overview:</h5>
2253
2254<p>
2255The '<tt>insertelement</tt>' instruction inserts a scalar
2256element into a packed vector at a specified index.
2257</p>
2258
2259
2260<h5>Arguments:</h5>
2261
2262<p>
2263The first operand of an '<tt>insertelement</tt>' instruction is a
2264value of <a href="#t_packed">packed</a> type. The second operand is a
2265scalar value whose type must equal the element type of the first
2266operand. The third operand is an index indicating the position at
2267which to insert the value. The index may be a variable.</p>
2268
2269<h5>Semantics:</h5>
2270
2271<p>
2272The result is a packed vector of the same type as <tt>val</tt>. Its
2273element values are those of <tt>val</tt> except at position
2274<tt>idx</tt>, where it gets the value <tt>elt</tt>. If <tt>idx</tt>
2275exceeds the length of <tt>val</tt>, the results are undefined.
2276</p>
2277
2278<h5>Example:</h5>
2279
2280<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002281 %result = insertelement &lt;4 x i32&gt; %vec, i32 1, i32 0 <i>; yields &lt;4 x i32&gt;</i>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00002282</pre>
2283</div>
2284
2285<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
2286<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2287 <a name="i_shufflevector">'<tt>shufflevector</tt>' Instruction</a>
2288</div>
2289
2290<div class="doc_text">
2291
2292<h5>Syntax:</h5>
2293
2294<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002295 &lt;result&gt; = shufflevector &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt; &lt;v1&gt;, &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt; &lt;v2&gt;, &lt;n x i32&gt; &lt;mask&gt; <i>; yields &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt;</i>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00002296</pre>
2297
2298<h5>Overview:</h5>
2299
2300<p>
2301The '<tt>shufflevector</tt>' instruction constructs a permutation of elements
2302from two input vectors, returning a vector of the same type.
2303</p>
2304
2305<h5>Arguments:</h5>
2306
2307<p>
2308The first two operands of a '<tt>shufflevector</tt>' instruction are vectors
2309with types that match each other and types that match the result of the
2310instruction. The third argument is a shuffle mask, which has the same number
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002311of elements as the other vector type, but whose element type is always 'i32'.
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00002312</p>
2313
2314<p>
2315The shuffle mask operand is required to be a constant vector with either
2316constant integer or undef values.
2317</p>
2318
2319<h5>Semantics:</h5>
2320
2321<p>
2322The elements of the two input vectors are numbered from left to right across
2323both of the vectors. The shuffle mask operand specifies, for each element of
2324the result vector, which element of the two input registers the result element
2325gets. The element selector may be undef (meaning "don't care") and the second
2326operand may be undef if performing a shuffle from only one vector.
2327</p>
2328
2329<h5>Example:</h5>
2330
2331<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002332 %result = shufflevector &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v1, &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v2,
2333 &lt;4 x i32&gt; &lt;i32 0, i32 4, i32 1, i32 5&gt; <i>; yields &lt;4 x i32&gt;</i>
2334 %result = shufflevector &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v1, &lt;4 x i32&gt; undef,
2335 &lt;4 x i32&gt; &lt;i32 0, i32 1, i32 2, i32 3&gt; <i>; yields &lt;4 x i32&gt;</i> - Identity shuffle.
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00002336</pre>
2337</div>
2338
Tanya Lattnerb138bbe2006-04-14 19:24:33 +00002339
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00002340<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2341<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner6ab66722006-08-15 00:45:58 +00002342 <a name="memoryops">Memory Access and Addressing Operations</a>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002343</div>
2344
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002345<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002346
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002347<p>A key design point of an SSA-based representation is how it
2348represents memory. In LLVM, no memory locations are in SSA form, which
2349makes things very simple. This section describes how to read, write,
John Criswelldfe6a862004-12-10 15:51:16 +00002350allocate, and free memory in LLVM.</p>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002351
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002352</div>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002353
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002354<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002355<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2356 <a name="i_malloc">'<tt>malloc</tt>' Instruction</a>
2357</div>
2358
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002359<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002360
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002361<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002362
2363<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002364 &lt;result&gt; = malloc &lt;type&gt;[, i32 &lt;NumElements&gt;][, align &lt;alignment&gt;] <i>; yields {type*}:result</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002365</pre>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002366
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002367<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002368
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002369<p>The '<tt>malloc</tt>' instruction allocates memory from the system
2370heap and returns a pointer to it.</p>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002371
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002372<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002373
2374<p>The '<tt>malloc</tt>' instruction allocates
2375<tt>sizeof(&lt;type&gt;)*NumElements</tt>
John Criswella92e5862004-02-24 16:13:56 +00002376bytes of memory from the operating system and returns a pointer of the
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002377appropriate type to the program. If "NumElements" is specified, it is the
2378number of elements allocated. If an alignment is specified, the value result
2379of the allocation is guaranteed to be aligned to at least that boundary. If
2380not specified, or if zero, the target can choose to align the allocation on any
2381convenient boundary.</p>
2382
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002383<p>'<tt>type</tt>' must be a sized type.</p>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002384
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002385<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002386
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002387<p>Memory is allocated using the system "<tt>malloc</tt>" function, and
2388a pointer is returned.</p>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002389
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002390<h5>Example:</h5>
2391
2392<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002393 %array = malloc [4 x i8 ] <i>; yields {[%4 x i8]*}:array</i>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002394
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002395 %size = <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 2, 2 <i>; yields {i32}:size = i32 4</i>
2396 %array1 = malloc i8, i32 4 <i>; yields {i8*}:array1</i>
2397 %array2 = malloc [12 x i8], i32 %size <i>; yields {[12 x i8]*}:array2</i>
2398 %array3 = malloc i32, i32 4, align 1024 <i>; yields {i32*}:array3</i>
2399 %array4 = malloc i32, align 1024 <i>; yields {i32*}:array4</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002400</pre>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002401</div>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002402
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002403<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002404<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2405 <a name="i_free">'<tt>free</tt>' Instruction</a>
2406</div>
2407
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002408<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002409
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002410<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002411
2412<pre>
2413 free &lt;type&gt; &lt;value&gt; <i>; yields {void}</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002414</pre>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002415
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002416<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002417
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002418<p>The '<tt>free</tt>' instruction returns memory back to the unused
John Criswell4a3327e2005-05-13 22:25:59 +00002419memory heap to be reallocated in the future.</p>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002420
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002421<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002422
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002423<p>'<tt>value</tt>' shall be a pointer value that points to a value
2424that was allocated with the '<tt><a href="#i_malloc">malloc</a></tt>'
2425instruction.</p>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002426
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002427<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002428
John Criswelldfe6a862004-12-10 15:51:16 +00002429<p>Access to the memory pointed to by the pointer is no longer defined
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002430after this instruction executes.</p>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002431
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002432<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002433
2434<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002435 %array = <a href="#i_malloc">malloc</a> [4 x i8] <i>; yields {[4 x i8]*}:array</i>
2436 free [4 x i8]* %array
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002437</pre>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002438</div>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002439
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002440<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002441<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2442 <a name="i_alloca">'<tt>alloca</tt>' Instruction</a>
2443</div>
2444
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002445<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002446
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002447<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002448
2449<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002450 &lt;result&gt; = alloca &lt;type&gt;[, i32 &lt;NumElements&gt;][, align &lt;alignment&gt;] <i>; yields {type*}:result</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002451</pre>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002452
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002453<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002454
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002455<p>The '<tt>alloca</tt>' instruction allocates memory on the current
2456stack frame of the procedure that is live until the current function
2457returns to its caller.</p>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002458
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002459<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002460
John Criswelldfe6a862004-12-10 15:51:16 +00002461<p>The '<tt>alloca</tt>' instruction allocates <tt>sizeof(&lt;type&gt;)*NumElements</tt>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002462bytes of memory on the runtime stack, returning a pointer of the
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002463appropriate type to the program. If "NumElements" is specified, it is the
2464number of elements allocated. If an alignment is specified, the value result
2465of the allocation is guaranteed to be aligned to at least that boundary. If
2466not specified, or if zero, the target can choose to align the allocation on any
2467convenient boundary.</p>
2468
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002469<p>'<tt>type</tt>' may be any sized type.</p>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002470
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002471<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002472
John Criswell4a3327e2005-05-13 22:25:59 +00002473<p>Memory is allocated; a pointer is returned. '<tt>alloca</tt>'d
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002474memory is automatically released when the function returns. The '<tt>alloca</tt>'
2475instruction is commonly used to represent automatic variables that must
2476have an address available. When the function returns (either with the <tt><a
John Criswellc932bef2005-05-12 16:55:34 +00002477 href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt> or <tt><a href="#i_unwind">unwind</a></tt>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002478instructions), the memory is reclaimed.</p>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002479
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002480<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002481
2482<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002483 %ptr = alloca i32 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
2484 %ptr = alloca i32, i32 4 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
2485 %ptr = alloca i32, i32 4, align 1024 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
2486 %ptr = alloca i32, align 1024 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002487</pre>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002488</div>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002489
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002490<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002491<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_load">'<tt>load</tt>'
2492Instruction</a> </div>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002493<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00002494<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002495<pre> &lt;result&gt; = load &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;pointer&gt;<br> &lt;result&gt; = volatile load &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;pointer&gt;<br></pre>
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00002496<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002497<p>The '<tt>load</tt>' instruction is used to read from memory.</p>
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00002498<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002499<p>The argument to the '<tt>load</tt>' instruction specifies the memory
John Criswell4c0cf7f2005-10-24 16:17:18 +00002500address from which to load. The pointer must point to a <a
Chris Lattner10ee9652004-06-03 22:57:15 +00002501 href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. If the <tt>load</tt> is
John Criswell4c0cf7f2005-10-24 16:17:18 +00002502marked as <tt>volatile</tt>, then the optimizer is not allowed to modify
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002503the number or order of execution of this <tt>load</tt> with other
2504volatile <tt>load</tt> and <tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>
2505instructions. </p>
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00002506<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002507<p>The location of memory pointed to is loaded.</p>
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00002508<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002509<pre> %ptr = <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> i32 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002510 <a
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002511 href="#i_store">store</a> i32 3, i32* %ptr <i>; yields {void}</i>
2512 %val = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:val = i32 3</i>
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00002513</pre>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002514</div>
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00002515<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002516<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_store">'<tt>store</tt>'
2517Instruction</a> </div>
Reid Spencera89fb182006-11-09 21:18:01 +00002518<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00002519<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002520<pre> store &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt;, &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;pointer&gt; <i>; yields {void}</i>
Chris Lattner12d456c2003-09-08 18:27:49 +00002521 volatile store &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt;, &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;pointer&gt; <i>; yields {void}</i>
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00002522</pre>
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00002523<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002524<p>The '<tt>store</tt>' instruction is used to write to memory.</p>
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00002525<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002526<p>There are two arguments to the '<tt>store</tt>' instruction: a value
John Criswell4c0cf7f2005-10-24 16:17:18 +00002527to store and an address in which to store it. The type of the '<tt>&lt;pointer&gt;</tt>'
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002528operand must be a pointer to the type of the '<tt>&lt;value&gt;</tt>'
John Criswell4a3327e2005-05-13 22:25:59 +00002529operand. If the <tt>store</tt> is marked as <tt>volatile</tt>, then the
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002530optimizer is not allowed to modify the number or order of execution of
2531this <tt>store</tt> with other volatile <tt>load</tt> and <tt><a
2532 href="#i_store">store</a></tt> instructions.</p>
2533<h5>Semantics:</h5>
2534<p>The contents of memory are updated to contain '<tt>&lt;value&gt;</tt>'
2535at the location specified by the '<tt>&lt;pointer&gt;</tt>' operand.</p>
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00002536<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002537<pre> %ptr = <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> i32 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002538 <a
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002539 href="#i_store">store</a> i32 3, i32* %ptr <i>; yields {void}</i>
2540 %val = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:val = i32 3</i>
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00002541</pre>
Reid Spencer443460a2006-11-09 21:15:49 +00002542</div>
2543
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00002544<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00002545<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2546 <a name="i_getelementptr">'<tt>getelementptr</tt>' Instruction</a>
2547</div>
2548
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002549<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner590645f2002-04-14 06:13:44 +00002550<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00002551<pre>
2552 &lt;result&gt; = getelementptr &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;ptrval&gt;{, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;idx&gt;}*
2553</pre>
2554
Chris Lattner590645f2002-04-14 06:13:44 +00002555<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00002556
2557<p>
2558The '<tt>getelementptr</tt>' instruction is used to get the address of a
2559subelement of an aggregate data structure.</p>
2560
Chris Lattner590645f2002-04-14 06:13:44 +00002561<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00002562
Reid Spencercee005c2006-12-04 21:29:24 +00002563<p>This instruction takes a list of integer operands that indicate what
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00002564elements of the aggregate object to index to. The actual types of the arguments
2565provided depend on the type of the first pointer argument. The
2566'<tt>getelementptr</tt>' instruction is used to index down through the type
John Criswell88190562005-05-16 16:17:45 +00002567levels of a structure or to a specific index in an array. When indexing into a
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002568structure, only <tt>i32</tt> integer constants are allowed. When indexing
Reid Spencercee005c2006-12-04 21:29:24 +00002569into an array or pointer, only integers of 32 or 64 bits are allowed, and will
2570be sign extended to 64-bit values.</p>
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00002571
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002572<p>For example, let's consider a C code fragment and how it gets
2573compiled to LLVM:</p>
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00002574
2575<pre>
2576 struct RT {
2577 char A;
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002578 i32 B[10][20];
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00002579 char C;
2580 };
2581 struct ST {
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002582 i32 X;
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00002583 double Y;
2584 struct RT Z;
2585 };
2586
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002587 define i32 *foo(struct ST *s) {
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00002588 return &amp;s[1].Z.B[5][13];
2589 }
2590</pre>
2591
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002592<p>The LLVM code generated by the GCC frontend is:</p>
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00002593
2594<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002595 %RT = type { i8 , [10 x [20 x i32]], i8 }
2596 %ST = type { i32, double, %RT }
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00002597
Brian Gaeke317ef962004-07-02 21:08:14 +00002598 implementation
2599
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002600 define i32* %foo(%ST* %s) {
Brian Gaeke317ef962004-07-02 21:08:14 +00002601 entry:
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002602 %reg = getelementptr %ST* %s, i32 1, i32 2, i32 1, i32 5, i32 13
2603 ret i32* %reg
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00002604 }
2605</pre>
2606
Chris Lattner590645f2002-04-14 06:13:44 +00002607<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00002608
2609<p>The index types specified for the '<tt>getelementptr</tt>' instruction depend
John Criswell4a3327e2005-05-13 22:25:59 +00002610on the pointer type that is being indexed into. <a href="#t_pointer">Pointer</a>
Reid Spencercee005c2006-12-04 21:29:24 +00002611and <a href="#t_array">array</a> types can use a 32-bit or 64-bit
Reid Spencerc0312692006-12-03 16:53:48 +00002612<a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type but the value will always be sign extended
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002613to 64-bits. <a href="#t_struct">Structure</a> types, require <tt>i32</tt>
Reid Spencerc0312692006-12-03 16:53:48 +00002614<b>constants</b>.</p>
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00002615
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002616<p>In the example above, the first index is indexing into the '<tt>%ST*</tt>'
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002617type, which is a pointer, yielding a '<tt>%ST</tt>' = '<tt>{ i32, double, %RT
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00002618}</tt>' type, a structure. The second index indexes into the third element of
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002619the structure, yielding a '<tt>%RT</tt>' = '<tt>{ i8 , [10 x [20 x i32]],
2620i8 }</tt>' type, another structure. The third index indexes into the second
2621element of the structure, yielding a '<tt>[10 x [20 x i32]]</tt>' type, an
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00002622array. The two dimensions of the array are subscripted into, yielding an
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002623'<tt>i32</tt>' type. The '<tt>getelementptr</tt>' instruction returns a pointer
2624to this element, thus computing a value of '<tt>i32*</tt>' type.</p>
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00002625
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002626<p>Note that it is perfectly legal to index partially through a
2627structure, returning a pointer to an inner element. Because of this,
2628the LLVM code for the given testcase is equivalent to:</p>
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00002629
2630<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002631 define i32* %foo(%ST* %s) {
2632 %t1 = getelementptr %ST* %s, i32 1 <i>; yields %ST*:%t1</i>
2633 %t2 = getelementptr %ST* %t1, i32 0, i32 2 <i>; yields %RT*:%t2</i>
2634 %t3 = getelementptr %RT* %t2, i32 0, i32 1 <i>; yields [10 x [20 x i32]]*:%t3</i>
2635 %t4 = getelementptr [10 x [20 x i32]]* %t3, i32 0, i32 5 <i>; yields [20 x i32]*:%t4</i>
2636 %t5 = getelementptr [20 x i32]* %t4, i32 0, i32 13 <i>; yields i32*:%t5</i>
2637 ret i32* %t5
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00002638 }
Chris Lattnera8292f32002-05-06 22:08:29 +00002639</pre>
Chris Lattnerc0ad71e2005-06-24 17:22:57 +00002640
2641<p>Note that it is undefined to access an array out of bounds: array and
2642pointer indexes must always be within the defined bounds of the array type.
2643The one exception for this rules is zero length arrays. These arrays are
2644defined to be accessible as variable length arrays, which requires access
2645beyond the zero'th element.</p>
2646
Chris Lattner6ab66722006-08-15 00:45:58 +00002647<p>The getelementptr instruction is often confusing. For some more insight
2648into how it works, see <a href="GetElementPtr.html">the getelementptr
2649FAQ</a>.</p>
2650
Chris Lattner590645f2002-04-14 06:13:44 +00002651<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc0ad71e2005-06-24 17:22:57 +00002652
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00002653<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002654 <i>; yields [12 x i8]*:aptr</i>
2655 %aptr = getelementptr {i32, [12 x i8]}* %sptr, i64 0, i32 1
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00002656</pre>
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00002657</div>
Reid Spencer443460a2006-11-09 21:15:49 +00002658
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002659<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Reid Spencer97c5fa42006-11-08 01:18:52 +00002660<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="convertops">Conversion Operations</a>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002661</div>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002662<div class="doc_text">
Reid Spencer97c5fa42006-11-08 01:18:52 +00002663<p>The instructions in this category are the conversion instructions (casting)
2664which all take a single operand and a type. They perform various bit conversions
2665on the operand.</p>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002666</div>
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00002667
Chris Lattnera8292f32002-05-06 22:08:29 +00002668<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00002669<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002670 <a name="i_trunc">'<tt>trunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
2671</div>
2672<div class="doc_text">
2673
2674<h5>Syntax:</h5>
2675<pre>
2676 &lt;result&gt; = trunc &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
2677</pre>
2678
2679<h5>Overview:</h5>
2680<p>
2681The '<tt>trunc</tt>' instruction truncates its operand to the type <tt>ty2</tt>.
2682</p>
2683
2684<h5>Arguments:</h5>
2685<p>
2686The '<tt>trunc</tt>' instruction takes a <tt>value</tt> to trunc, which must
2687be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type, and a type that specifies the size
2688and type of the result, which must be an <a href="#t_integral">integral</a>
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002689type. The bit size of <tt>value</tt> must be larger than the bit size of
2690<tt>ty2</tt>. Equal sized types are not allowed.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002691
2692<h5>Semantics:</h5>
2693<p>
2694The '<tt>trunc</tt>' instruction truncates the high order bits in <tt>value</tt>
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002695and converts the remaining bits to <tt>ty2</tt>. Since the source size must be
2696larger than the destination size, <tt>trunc</tt> cannot be a <i>no-op cast</i>.
2697It will always truncate bits.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002698
2699<h5>Example:</h5>
2700<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002701 %X = trunc i32 257 to i8 <i>; yields i8:1</i>
2702 %Y = trunc i32 123 to bool <i>; yields bool:true</i>
Reid Spencerdb943532007-01-05 21:33:08 +00002703 %Y = trunc i32 122 to bool <i>; yields bool:false</i>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002704</pre>
2705</div>
2706
2707<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
2708<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2709 <a name="i_zext">'<tt>zext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
2710</div>
2711<div class="doc_text">
2712
2713<h5>Syntax:</h5>
2714<pre>
2715 &lt;result&gt; = zext &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
2716</pre>
2717
2718<h5>Overview:</h5>
2719<p>The '<tt>zext</tt>' instruction zero extends its operand to type
2720<tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
2721
2722
2723<h5>Arguments:</h5>
2724<p>The '<tt>zext</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be of
2725<a href="#t_integral">integral</a> type, and a type to cast it to, which must
2726also be of <a href="#t_integral">integral</a> type. The bit size of the
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002727<tt>value</tt> must be smaller than the bit size of the destination type,
2728<tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002729
2730<h5>Semantics:</h5>
2731<p>The <tt>zext</tt> fills the high order bits of the <tt>value</tt> with zero
2732bits until it reaches the size of the destination type, <tt>ty2</tt>. When the
2733the operand and the type are the same size, no bit filling is done and the
2734cast is considered a <i>no-op cast</i> because no bits change (only the type
2735changes).</p>
2736
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002737<p>When zero extending from bool, the result will alwasy be either 0 or 1.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002738
2739<h5>Example:</h5>
2740<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002741 %X = zext i32 257 to i64 <i>; yields i64:257</i>
2742 %Y = zext bool true to i32 <i>; yields i32:1</i>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002743</pre>
2744</div>
2745
2746<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
2747<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2748 <a name="i_sext">'<tt>sext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
2749</div>
2750<div class="doc_text">
2751
2752<h5>Syntax:</h5>
2753<pre>
2754 &lt;result&gt; = sext &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
2755</pre>
2756
2757<h5>Overview:</h5>
2758<p>The '<tt>sext</tt>' sign extends <tt>value</tt> to the type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
2759
2760<h5>Arguments:</h5>
2761<p>
2762The '<tt>sext</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be of
2763<a href="#t_integral">integral</a> type, and a type to cast it to, which must
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002764also be of <a href="#t_integral">integral</a> type. The bit size of the
2765<tt>value</tt> must be smaller than the bit size of the destination type,
2766<tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002767
2768<h5>Semantics:</h5>
2769<p>
2770The '<tt>sext</tt>' instruction performs a sign extension by copying the sign
2771bit (highest order bit) of the <tt>value</tt> until it reaches the bit size of
2772the type <tt>ty2</tt>. When the the operand and the type are the same size,
2773no bit filling is done and the cast is considered a <i>no-op cast</i> because
2774no bits change (only the type changes).</p>
2775
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002776<p>When sign extending from bool, the extension always results in -1 or 0.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002777
2778<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002779<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002780 %X = sext i8 -1 to i16 <i>; yields i16 :65535</i>
2781 %Y = sext bool true to i32 <i>; yields i32:-1</i>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002782</pre>
2783</div>
2784
2785<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
2786<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer2e2740d2006-11-09 21:48:10 +00002787 <a name="i_fptrunc">'<tt>fptrunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
2788</div>
2789
2790<div class="doc_text">
2791
2792<h5>Syntax:</h5>
2793
2794<pre>
2795 &lt;result&gt; = fptrunc &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
2796</pre>
2797
2798<h5>Overview:</h5>
2799<p>The '<tt>fptrunc</tt>' instruction truncates <tt>value</tt> to type
2800<tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
2801
2802
2803<h5>Arguments:</h5>
2804<p>The '<tt>fptrunc</tt>' instruction takes a <a href="#t_floating">floating
2805 point</a> value to cast and a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to
2806cast it to. The size of <tt>value</tt> must be larger than the size of
2807<tt>ty2</tt>. This implies that <tt>fptrunc</tt> cannot be used to make a
2808<i>no-op cast</i>.</p>
2809
2810<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002811<p> The '<tt>fptrunc</tt>' instruction truncates a <tt>value</tt> from a larger
2812<a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to a smaller
2813<a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type. If the value cannot fit within
2814the destination type, <tt>ty2</tt>, then the results are undefined.</p>
Reid Spencer2e2740d2006-11-09 21:48:10 +00002815
2816<h5>Example:</h5>
2817<pre>
2818 %X = fptrunc double 123.0 to float <i>; yields float:123.0</i>
2819 %Y = fptrunc double 1.0E+300 to float <i>; yields undefined</i>
2820</pre>
2821</div>
2822
2823<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
2824<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002825 <a name="i_fpext">'<tt>fpext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
2826</div>
2827<div class="doc_text">
2828
2829<h5>Syntax:</h5>
2830<pre>
2831 &lt;result&gt; = fpext &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
2832</pre>
2833
2834<h5>Overview:</h5>
2835<p>The '<tt>fpext</tt>' extends a floating point <tt>value</tt> to a larger
2836floating point value.</p>
2837
2838<h5>Arguments:</h5>
2839<p>The '<tt>fpext</tt>' instruction takes a
2840<a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> <tt>value</tt> to cast,
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002841and a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to cast it to. The source
2842type must be smaller than the destination type.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002843
2844<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002845<p>The '<tt>fpext</tt>' instruction extends the <tt>value</tt> from a smaller
2846<a href="t_floating">floating point</a> type to a larger
2847<a href="t_floating">floating point</a> type. The <tt>fpext</tt> cannot be
2848used to make a <i>no-op cast</i> because it always changes bits. Use
Reid Spencer5b950642006-11-11 23:08:07 +00002849<tt>bitcast</tt> to make a <i>no-op cast</i> for a floating point cast.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002850
2851<h5>Example:</h5>
2852<pre>
2853 %X = fpext float 3.1415 to double <i>; yields double:3.1415</i>
2854 %Y = fpext float 1.0 to float <i>; yields float:1.0 (no-op)</i>
2855</pre>
2856</div>
2857
2858<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
2859<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002860 <a name="i_fp2uint">'<tt>fptoui .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002861</div>
2862<div class="doc_text">
2863
2864<h5>Syntax:</h5>
2865<pre>
2866 &lt;result&gt; = fp2uint &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
2867</pre>
2868
2869<h5>Overview:</h5>
2870<p>The '<tt>fp2uint</tt>' converts a floating point <tt>value</tt> to its
2871unsigned integer equivalent of type <tt>ty2</tt>.
2872</p>
2873
2874<h5>Arguments:</h5>
2875<p>The '<tt>fp2uint</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
2876<a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> value, and a type to cast it to, which
2877must be an <a href="#t_integral">integral</a> type.</p>
2878
2879<h5>Semantics:</h5>
2880<p> The '<tt>fp2uint</tt>' instruction converts its
2881<a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> operand into the nearest (rounding
2882towards zero) unsigned integer value. If the value cannot fit in <tt>ty2</tt>,
2883the results are undefined.</p>
2884
2885<p>When converting to bool, the conversion is done as a comparison against
2886zero. If the <tt>value</tt> was zero, the bool result will be <tt>false</tt>.
2887If the <tt>value</tt> was non-zero, the bool result will be <tt>true</tt>.</p>
2888
2889<h5>Example:</h5>
2890<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002891 %X = fp2uint double 123.0 to i32 <i>; yields i32:123</i>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002892 %Y = fp2uint float 1.0E+300 to bool <i>; yields bool:true</i>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002893 %X = fp2uint float 1.04E+17 to i8 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002894</pre>
2895</div>
2896
2897<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
2898<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002899 <a name="i_fptosi">'<tt>fptosi .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002900</div>
2901<div class="doc_text">
2902
2903<h5>Syntax:</h5>
2904<pre>
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002905 &lt;result&gt; = fptosi &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002906</pre>
2907
2908<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002909<p>The '<tt>fptosi</tt>' instruction converts
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002910<a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> <tt>value</tt> to type <tt>ty2</tt>.
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00002911</p>
2912
2913
Chris Lattnera8292f32002-05-06 22:08:29 +00002914<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002915<p> The '<tt>fptosi</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002916<a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> value, and a type to cast it to, which
2917must also be an <a href="#t_integral">integral</a> type.</p>
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00002918
Chris Lattnera8292f32002-05-06 22:08:29 +00002919<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002920<p>The '<tt>fptosi</tt>' instruction converts its
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002921<a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> operand into the nearest (rounding
2922towards zero) signed integer value. If the value cannot fit in <tt>ty2</tt>,
2923the results are undefined.</p>
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00002924
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002925<p>When converting to bool, the conversion is done as a comparison against
2926zero. If the <tt>value</tt> was zero, the bool result will be <tt>false</tt>.
2927If the <tt>value</tt> was non-zero, the bool result will be <tt>true</tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00002928
Chris Lattner70de6632001-07-09 00:26:23 +00002929<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00002930<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002931 %X = fptosi double -123.0 to i32 <i>; yields i32:-123</i>
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002932 %Y = fptosi float 1.0E-247 to bool <i>; yields bool:true</i>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002933 %X = fptosi float 1.04E+17 to i8 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002934</pre>
2935</div>
2936
2937<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
2938<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002939 <a name="i_uitofp">'<tt>uitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002940</div>
2941<div class="doc_text">
2942
2943<h5>Syntax:</h5>
2944<pre>
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002945 &lt;result&gt; = uitofp &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002946</pre>
2947
2948<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002949<p>The '<tt>uitofp</tt>' instruction regards <tt>value</tt> as an unsigned
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002950integer and converts that value to the <tt>ty2</tt> type.</p>
2951
2952
2953<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002954<p>The '<tt>uitofp</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be an
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002955<a href="#t_integral">integral</a> value, and a type to cast it to, which must
2956be a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type.</p>
2957
2958<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002959<p>The '<tt>uitofp</tt>' instruction interprets its operand as an unsigned
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002960integer quantity and converts it to the corresponding floating point value. If
2961the value cannot fit in the floating point value, the results are undefined.</p>
2962
2963
2964<h5>Example:</h5>
2965<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002966 %X = uitofp i32 257 to float <i>; yields float:257.0</i>
2967 %Y = uitofp i8 -1 to double <i>; yields double:255.0</i>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002968</pre>
2969</div>
2970
2971<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
2972<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002973 <a name="i_sitofp">'<tt>sitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002974</div>
2975<div class="doc_text">
2976
2977<h5>Syntax:</h5>
2978<pre>
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002979 &lt;result&gt; = sitofp &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002980</pre>
2981
2982<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002983<p>The '<tt>sitofp</tt>' instruction regards <tt>value</tt> as a signed
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002984integer and converts that value to the <tt>ty2</tt> type.</p>
2985
2986<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002987<p>The '<tt>sitofp</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be an
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002988<a href="#t_integral">integral</a> value, and a type to cast it to, which must be
2989a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type.</p>
2990
2991<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002992<p>The '<tt>sitofp</tt>' instruction interprets its operand as a signed
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002993integer quantity and converts it to the corresponding floating point value. If
2994the value cannot fit in the floating point value, the results are undefined.</p>
2995
2996<h5>Example:</h5>
2997<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002998 %X = sitofp i32 257 to float <i>; yields float:257.0</i>
2999 %Y = sitofp i8 -1 to double <i>; yields double:-1.0</i>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003000</pre>
3001</div>
3002
3003<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3004<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencerb7344ff2006-11-11 21:00:47 +00003005 <a name="i_ptrtoint">'<tt>ptrtoint .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
3006</div>
3007<div class="doc_text">
3008
3009<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3010<pre>
3011 &lt;result&gt; = ptrtoint &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
3012</pre>
3013
3014<h5>Overview:</h5>
3015<p>The '<tt>ptrtoint</tt>' instruction converts the pointer <tt>value</tt> to
3016the integer type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
3017
3018<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3019<p>The '<tt>ptrtoint</tt>' instruction takes a <tt>value</tt> to cast, which
3020must be a <a href="t_pointer">pointer</a> value, and a type to cast it to
3021<tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type.
3022
3023<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3024<p>The '<tt>ptrtoint</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to integer type
3025<tt>ty2</tt> by interpreting the pointer value as an integer and either
3026truncating or zero extending that value to the size of the integer type. If
3027<tt>value</tt> is smaller than <tt>ty2</tt> then a zero extension is done. If
3028<tt>value</tt> is larger than <tt>ty2</tt> then a truncation is done. If they
3029are the same size, then nothing is done (<i>no-op cast</i>).</p>
3030
3031<h5>Example:</h5>
3032<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003033 %X = ptrtoint i32* %X to i8 <i>; yields truncation on 32-bit</i>
3034 %Y = ptrtoint i32* %x to i64 <i>; yields zero extend on 32-bit</i>
Reid Spencerb7344ff2006-11-11 21:00:47 +00003035</pre>
3036</div>
3037
3038<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3039<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3040 <a name="i_inttoptr">'<tt>inttoptr .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
3041</div>
3042<div class="doc_text">
3043
3044<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3045<pre>
3046 &lt;result&gt; = inttoptr &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
3047</pre>
3048
3049<h5>Overview:</h5>
3050<p>The '<tt>inttoptr</tt>' instruction converts an integer <tt>value</tt> to
3051a pointer type, <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
3052
3053<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3054<p>The '<tt>inttoptr</tt>' instruction takes an <a href="i_integer">integer</a>
3055value to cast, and a type to cast it to, which must be a
3056<a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> type. </tt>
3057
3058<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3059<p>The '<tt>inttoptr</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to type
3060<tt>ty2</tt> by applying either a zero extension or a truncation depending on
3061the size of the integer <tt>value</tt>. If <tt>value</tt> is larger than the
3062size of a pointer then a truncation is done. If <tt>value</tt> is smaller than
3063the size of a pointer then a zero extension is done. If they are the same size,
3064nothing is done (<i>no-op cast</i>).</p>
3065
3066<h5>Example:</h5>
3067<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003068 %X = inttoptr i32 255 to i32* <i>; yields zero extend on 64-bit</i>
3069 %X = inttoptr i32 255 to i32* <i>; yields no-op on 32-bit </i>
3070 %Y = inttoptr i16 0 to i32* <i>; yields zero extend on 32-bit</i>
Reid Spencerb7344ff2006-11-11 21:00:47 +00003071</pre>
3072</div>
3073
3074<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3075<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer5b950642006-11-11 23:08:07 +00003076 <a name="i_bitcast">'<tt>bitcast .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003077</div>
3078<div class="doc_text">
3079
3080<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3081<pre>
Reid Spencer5b950642006-11-11 23:08:07 +00003082 &lt;result&gt; = bitcast &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003083</pre>
3084
3085<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencer5b950642006-11-11 23:08:07 +00003086<p>The '<tt>bitcast</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to type
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003087<tt>ty2</tt> without changing any bits.</p>
3088
3089<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Reid Spencer5b950642006-11-11 23:08:07 +00003090<p>The '<tt>bitcast</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003091a first class value, and a type to cast it to, which must also be a <a
3092 href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. The bit sizes of <tt>value</tt>
Reid Spencere3db84c2007-01-09 20:08:58 +00003093and the destination type, <tt>ty2</tt>, must be identical. If the source
3094type is a pointer, the destination type must also be a pointer.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003095
3096<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer5b950642006-11-11 23:08:07 +00003097<p>The '<tt>bitcast</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to type
Reid Spencerb7344ff2006-11-11 21:00:47 +00003098<tt>ty2</tt>. It is always a <i>no-op cast</i> because no bits change with
3099this conversion. The conversion is done as if the <tt>value</tt> had been
3100stored to memory and read back as type <tt>ty2</tt>. Pointer types may only be
3101converted to other pointer types with this instruction. To convert pointers to
3102other types, use the <a href="#i_inttoptr">inttoptr</a> or
3103<a href="#i_ptrtoint">ptrtoint</a> instructions first.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003104
3105<h5>Example:</h5>
3106<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003107 %X = bitcast i8 255 to i8 <i>; yields i8 :-1</i>
3108 %Y = bitcast i32* %x to sint* <i>; yields sint*:%x</i>
3109 %Z = bitcast <2xint> %V to i64; <i>; yields i64: %V</i>
Chris Lattner70de6632001-07-09 00:26:23 +00003110</pre>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003111</div>
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00003112
Reid Spencer97c5fa42006-11-08 01:18:52 +00003113<!-- ======================================================================= -->
3114<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="otherops">Other Operations</a> </div>
3115<div class="doc_text">
3116<p>The instructions in this category are the "miscellaneous"
3117instructions, which defy better classification.</p>
3118</div>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003119
3120<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3121<div class="doc_subsubsection"><a name="i_icmp">'<tt>icmp</tt>' Instruction</a>
3122</div>
3123<div class="doc_text">
3124<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3125<pre> &lt;result&gt; = icmp &lt;cond&gt; &lt;ty&gt; &lt;var1&gt;, &lt;var2&gt; <i>; yields {bool}:result</i>
3126</pre>
3127<h5>Overview:</h5>
3128<p>The '<tt>icmp</tt>' instruction returns a boolean value based on comparison
3129of its two integer operands.</p>
3130<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3131<p>The '<tt>icmp</tt>' instruction takes three operands. The first operand is
3132the condition code which indicates the kind of comparison to perform. It is not
3133a value, just a keyword. The possibilities for the condition code are:
3134<ol>
3135 <li><tt>eq</tt>: equal</li>
3136 <li><tt>ne</tt>: not equal </li>
3137 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: unsigned greater than</li>
3138 <li><tt>uge</tt>: unsigned greater or equal</li>
3139 <li><tt>ult</tt>: unsigned less than</li>
3140 <li><tt>ule</tt>: unsigned less or equal</li>
3141 <li><tt>sgt</tt>: signed greater than</li>
3142 <li><tt>sge</tt>: signed greater or equal</li>
3143 <li><tt>slt</tt>: signed less than</li>
3144 <li><tt>sle</tt>: signed less or equal</li>
3145</ol>
Reid Spencer784ef792007-01-04 05:19:58 +00003146<p>The remaining two arguments must be <a href="#t_integral">integral</a> or
3147<a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> typed. They must also be identical types.</p>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003148<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3149<p>The '<tt>icmp</tt>' compares <tt>var1</tt> and <tt>var2</tt> according to
3150the condition code given as <tt>cond</tt>. The comparison performed always
3151yields a <a href="#t_bool">bool</a> result, as follows:
3152<ol>
3153 <li><tt>eq</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if the operands are equal,
3154 <tt>false</tt> otherwise. No sign interpretation is necessary or performed.
3155 </li>
3156 <li><tt>ne</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if the operands are unequal,
3157 <tt>false</tt> otherwise. No sign interpretation is necessary or performed.
3158 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
3159 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>var1</tt> is greater than <tt>var2</tt>.</li>
3160 <li><tt>uge</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
3161 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>var1</tt> is greater than or equal to <tt>var2</tt>.</li>
3162 <li><tt>ult</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
3163 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>var1</tt> is less than <tt>var2</tt>.</li>
3164 <li><tt>ule</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
3165 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>var1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>var2</tt>.</li>
3166 <li><tt>sgt</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
3167 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>var1</tt> is greater than <tt>var2</tt>.</li>
3168 <li><tt>sge</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
3169 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>var1</tt> is greater than or equal to <tt>var2</tt>.</li>
3170 <li><tt>slt</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
3171 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>var1</tt> is less than <tt>var2</tt>.</li>
3172 <li><tt>sle</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
3173 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>var1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>var2</tt>.</li>
3174 </li>
3175</ol>
3176<p>If the operands are <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> typed, the pointer
3177values are treated as integers and then compared.</p>
3178<p>If the operands are <a href="#t_packed">packed</a> typed, the elements of
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00003179the vector are compared in turn and the predicate must hold for all
3180elements.</p>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003181
3182<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003183<pre> &lt;result&gt; = icmp eq i32 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
3184 &lt;result&gt; = icmp ne float* %X, %X <i>; yields: result=false</i>
3185 &lt;result&gt; = icmp ult i16 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=true</i>
3186 &lt;result&gt; = icmp sgt i16 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
3187 &lt;result&gt; = icmp ule i16 -4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
3188 &lt;result&gt; = icmp sge i16 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003189</pre>
3190</div>
3191
3192<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3193<div class="doc_subsubsection"><a name="i_fcmp">'<tt>fcmp</tt>' Instruction</a>
3194</div>
3195<div class="doc_text">
3196<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3197<pre> &lt;result&gt; = fcmp &lt;cond&gt; &lt;ty&gt; &lt;var1&gt;, &lt;var2&gt; <i>; yields {bool}:result</i>
3198</pre>
3199<h5>Overview:</h5>
3200<p>The '<tt>fcmp</tt>' instruction returns a boolean value based on comparison
3201of its floating point operands.</p>
3202<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3203<p>The '<tt>fcmp</tt>' instruction takes three operands. The first operand is
3204the condition code which indicates the kind of comparison to perform. It is not
3205a value, just a keyword. The possibilities for the condition code are:
3206<ol>
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00003207 <li><tt>false</tt>: no comparison, always returns false</li>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003208 <li><tt>oeq</tt>: ordered and equal</li>
3209 <li><tt>ogt</tt>: ordered and greater than </li>
3210 <li><tt>oge</tt>: ordered and greater than or equal</li>
3211 <li><tt>olt</tt>: ordered and less than </li>
3212 <li><tt>ole</tt>: ordered and less than or equal</li>
3213 <li><tt>one</tt>: ordered and not equal</li>
3214 <li><tt>ord</tt>: ordered (no nans)</li>
3215 <li><tt>ueq</tt>: unordered or equal</li>
3216 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: unordered or greater than </li>
3217 <li><tt>uge</tt>: unordered or greater than or equal</li>
3218 <li><tt>ult</tt>: unordered or less than </li>
3219 <li><tt>ule</tt>: unordered or less than or equal</li>
3220 <li><tt>une</tt>: unordered or not equal</li>
3221 <li><tt>uno</tt>: unordered (either nans)</li>
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00003222 <li><tt>true</tt>: no comparison, always returns true</li>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003223</ol>
Reid Spencer02e0d1d2006-12-06 07:08:07 +00003224<p>In the preceding, <i>ordered</i> means that neither operand is a QNAN while
3225<i>unordered</i> means that either operand may be a QNAN.</p>
Reid Spencer784ef792007-01-04 05:19:58 +00003226<p>The <tt>val1</tt> and <tt>val2</tt> arguments must be
3227<a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> typed. They must have identical
3228types.</p>
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00003229<p>In the foregoing, <i>ordered</i> means that neither operand is a QNAN and
3230<i>unordered</i> means that either operand is a QNAN.</p>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003231<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3232<p>The '<tt>fcmp</tt>' compares <tt>var1</tt> and <tt>var2</tt> according to
3233the condition code given as <tt>cond</tt>. The comparison performed always
3234yields a <a href="#t_bool">bool</a> result, as follows:
3235<ol>
3236 <li><tt>false</tt>: always yields <tt>false</tt>, regardless of operands.</li>
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00003237 <li><tt>oeq</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003238 <tt>var1</tt> is equal to <tt>var2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00003239 <li><tt>ogt</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003240 <tt>var1</tt> is greather than <tt>var2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00003241 <li><tt>oge</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003242 <tt>var1</tt> is greater than or equal to <tt>var2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00003243 <li><tt>olt</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003244 <tt>var1</tt> is less than <tt>var2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00003245 <li><tt>ole</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003246 <tt>var1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>var2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00003247 <li><tt>one</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003248 <tt>var1</tt> is not equal to <tt>var2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00003249 <li><tt>ord</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN.</li>
3250 <li><tt>ueq</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003251 <tt>var1</tt> is equal to <tt>var2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00003252 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003253 <tt>var1</tt> is greater than <tt>var2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00003254 <li><tt>uge</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003255 <tt>var1</tt> is greater than or equal to <tt>var2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00003256 <li><tt>ult</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003257 <tt>var1</tt> is less than <tt>var2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00003258 <li><tt>ule</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003259 <tt>var1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>var2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00003260 <li><tt>une</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003261 <tt>var1</tt> is not equal to <tt>var2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00003262 <li><tt>uno</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN.</li>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003263 <li><tt>true</tt>: always yields <tt>true</tt>, regardless of operands.</li>
3264</ol>
3265<p>If the operands are <a href="#t_packed">packed</a> typed, the elements of
3266the vector are compared in turn and the predicate must hold for all elements.
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00003267</p>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003268
3269<h5>Example:</h5>
3270<pre> &lt;result&gt; = fcmp oeq float 4.0, 5.0 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
3271 &lt;result&gt; = icmp one float 4.0, 5.0 <i>; yields: result=true</i>
3272 &lt;result&gt; = icmp olt float 4.0, 5.0 <i>; yields: result=true</i>
3273 &lt;result&gt; = icmp ueq double 1.0, 2.0 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
3274</pre>
3275</div>
3276
Reid Spencer97c5fa42006-11-08 01:18:52 +00003277<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3278<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_phi">'<tt>phi</tt>'
3279Instruction</a> </div>
3280<div class="doc_text">
3281<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3282<pre> &lt;result&gt; = phi &lt;ty&gt; [ &lt;val0&gt;, &lt;label0&gt;], ...<br></pre>
3283<h5>Overview:</h5>
3284<p>The '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction is used to implement the &#966; node in
3285the SSA graph representing the function.</p>
3286<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3287<p>The type of the incoming values are specified with the first type
3288field. After this, the '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction takes a list of pairs
3289as arguments, with one pair for each predecessor basic block of the
3290current block. Only values of <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a>
3291type may be used as the value arguments to the PHI node. Only labels
3292may be used as the label arguments.</p>
3293<p>There must be no non-phi instructions between the start of a basic
3294block and the PHI instructions: i.e. PHI instructions must be first in
3295a basic block.</p>
3296<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3297<p>At runtime, the '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction logically takes on the
3298value specified by the parameter, depending on which basic block we
3299came from in the last <a href="#terminators">terminator</a> instruction.</p>
3300<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003301<pre>Loop: ; Infinite loop that counts from 0 on up...<br> %indvar = phi i32 [ 0, %LoopHeader ], [ %nextindvar, %Loop ]<br> %nextindvar = add i32 %indvar, 1<br> br label %Loop<br></pre>
Reid Spencer97c5fa42006-11-08 01:18:52 +00003302</div>
3303
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00003304<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3305<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3306 <a name="i_select">'<tt>select</tt>' Instruction</a>
3307</div>
3308
3309<div class="doc_text">
3310
3311<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3312
3313<pre>
3314 &lt;result&gt; = select bool &lt;cond&gt;, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;val1&gt;, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;val2&gt; <i>; yields ty</i>
3315</pre>
3316
3317<h5>Overview:</h5>
3318
3319<p>
3320The '<tt>select</tt>' instruction is used to choose one value based on a
3321condition, without branching.
3322</p>
3323
3324
3325<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3326
3327<p>
3328The '<tt>select</tt>' instruction requires a boolean value indicating the condition, and two values of the same <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type.
3329</p>
3330
3331<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3332
3333<p>
3334If the boolean condition evaluates to true, the instruction returns the first
John Criswell88190562005-05-16 16:17:45 +00003335value argument; otherwise, it returns the second value argument.
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00003336</p>
3337
3338<h5>Example:</h5>
3339
3340<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003341 %X = select bool true, i8 17, i8 42 <i>; yields i8:17</i>
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00003342</pre>
3343</div>
3344
Robert Bocchinof72fdfe2006-01-15 20:48:27 +00003345
3346<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3347<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattnere23c1392005-05-06 05:47:36 +00003348 <a name="i_call">'<tt>call</tt>' Instruction</a>
3349</div>
3350
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003351<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnere23c1392005-05-06 05:47:36 +00003352
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003353<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnere23c1392005-05-06 05:47:36 +00003354<pre>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003355 &lt;result&gt; = [tail] call [<a href="#callingconv">cconv</a>] &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;fnptrval&gt;(&lt;param list&gt;)
Chris Lattnere23c1392005-05-06 05:47:36 +00003356</pre>
3357
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003358<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnere23c1392005-05-06 05:47:36 +00003359
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003360<p>The '<tt>call</tt>' instruction represents a simple function call.</p>
Chris Lattnere23c1392005-05-06 05:47:36 +00003361
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003362<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnere23c1392005-05-06 05:47:36 +00003363
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003364<p>This instruction requires several arguments:</p>
Chris Lattnere23c1392005-05-06 05:47:36 +00003365
Chris Lattnera8292f32002-05-06 22:08:29 +00003366<ol>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003367 <li>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003368 <p>The optional "tail" marker indicates whether the callee function accesses
3369 any allocas or varargs in the caller. If the "tail" marker is present, the
Chris Lattnere23c1392005-05-06 05:47:36 +00003370 function call is eligible for tail call optimization. Note that calls may
3371 be marked "tail" even if they do not occur before a <a
3372 href="#i_ret"><tt>ret</tt></a> instruction.
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003373 </li>
3374 <li>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003375 <p>The optional "cconv" marker indicates which <a href="callingconv">calling
3376 convention</a> the call should use. If none is specified, the call defaults
3377 to using C calling conventions.
3378 </li>
3379 <li>
Chris Lattnere23c1392005-05-06 05:47:36 +00003380 <p>'<tt>ty</tt>': shall be the signature of the pointer to function value
3381 being invoked. The argument types must match the types implied by this
John Criswell88190562005-05-16 16:17:45 +00003382 signature. This type can be omitted if the function is not varargs and
3383 if the function type does not return a pointer to a function.</p>
Chris Lattnere23c1392005-05-06 05:47:36 +00003384 </li>
3385 <li>
3386 <p>'<tt>fnptrval</tt>': An LLVM value containing a pointer to a function to
3387 be invoked. In most cases, this is a direct function invocation, but
3388 indirect <tt>call</tt>s are just as possible, calling an arbitrary pointer
John Criswell88190562005-05-16 16:17:45 +00003389 to function value.</p>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003390 </li>
3391 <li>
3392 <p>'<tt>function args</tt>': argument list whose types match the
Reid Spencerd845d162005-05-01 22:22:57 +00003393 function signature argument types. All arguments must be of
3394 <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. If the function signature
3395 indicates the function accepts a variable number of arguments, the extra
3396 arguments can be specified.</p>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003397 </li>
Chris Lattnera8292f32002-05-06 22:08:29 +00003398</ol>
Chris Lattnere23c1392005-05-06 05:47:36 +00003399
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003400<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattnere23c1392005-05-06 05:47:36 +00003401
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003402<p>The '<tt>call</tt>' instruction is used to cause control flow to
3403transfer to a specified function, with its incoming arguments bound to
3404the specified values. Upon a '<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>'
3405instruction in the called function, control flow continues with the
3406instruction after the function call, and the return value of the
3407function is bound to the result argument. This is a simpler case of
3408the <a href="#i_invoke">invoke</a> instruction.</p>
Chris Lattnere23c1392005-05-06 05:47:36 +00003409
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003410<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnere23c1392005-05-06 05:47:36 +00003411
3412<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003413 %retval = call i32 %test(i32 %argc)
3414 call i32(i8 *, ...) *%printf(i8 * %msg, i32 12, i8 42);
3415 %X = tail call i32 %foo()
3416 %Y = tail call <a href="#callingconv">fastcc</a> i32 %foo()
Chris Lattnere23c1392005-05-06 05:47:36 +00003417</pre>
3418
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003419</div>
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00003420
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00003421<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00003422<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner33337472006-01-13 23:26:01 +00003423 <a name="i_va_arg">'<tt>va_arg</tt>' Instruction</a>
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00003424</div>
3425
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003426<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00003427
Chris Lattner26ca62e2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00003428<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00003429
3430<pre>
Andrew Lenharth5fb787c2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00003431 &lt;resultval&gt; = va_arg &lt;va_list*&gt; &lt;arglist&gt;, &lt;argty&gt;
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00003432</pre>
3433
Chris Lattner26ca62e2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00003434<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00003435
Andrew Lenharth5fb787c2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00003436<p>The '<tt>va_arg</tt>' instruction is used to access arguments passed through
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00003437the "variable argument" area of a function call. It is used to implement the
3438<tt>va_arg</tt> macro in C.</p>
3439
Chris Lattner26ca62e2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00003440<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00003441
Andrew Lenharth5fb787c2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00003442<p>This instruction takes a <tt>va_list*</tt> value and the type of
3443the argument. It returns a value of the specified argument type and
Jeff Cohendc6bfea2005-11-11 02:15:27 +00003444increments the <tt>va_list</tt> to point to the next argument. Again, the
Andrew Lenharth5fb787c2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00003445actual type of <tt>va_list</tt> is target specific.</p>
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00003446
Chris Lattner26ca62e2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00003447<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00003448
Andrew Lenharth5fb787c2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00003449<p>The '<tt>va_arg</tt>' instruction loads an argument of the specified
3450type from the specified <tt>va_list</tt> and causes the
3451<tt>va_list</tt> to point to the next argument. For more information,
3452see the variable argument handling <a href="#int_varargs">Intrinsic
3453Functions</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00003454
3455<p>It is legal for this instruction to be called in a function which does not
3456take a variable number of arguments, for example, the <tt>vfprintf</tt>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003457function.</p>
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00003458
Andrew Lenharth5fb787c2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00003459<p><tt>va_arg</tt> is an LLVM instruction instead of an <a
John Criswell88190562005-05-16 16:17:45 +00003460href="#intrinsics">intrinsic function</a> because it takes a type as an
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00003461argument.</p>
3462
Chris Lattner26ca62e2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00003463<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00003464
3465<p>See the <a href="#int_varargs">variable argument processing</a> section.</p>
3466
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003467</div>
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00003468
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00003469<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003470<div class="doc_section"> <a name="intrinsics">Intrinsic Functions</a> </div>
3471<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00003472
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003473<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00003474
3475<p>LLVM supports the notion of an "intrinsic function". These functions have
John Criswell88190562005-05-16 16:17:45 +00003476well known names and semantics and are required to follow certain
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00003477restrictions. Overall, these instructions represent an extension mechanism for
3478the LLVM language that does not require changing all of the transformations in
3479LLVM to add to the language (or the bytecode reader/writer, the parser,
3480etc...).</p>
3481
John Criswell88190562005-05-16 16:17:45 +00003482<p>Intrinsic function names must all start with an "<tt>llvm.</tt>" prefix. This
3483prefix is reserved in LLVM for intrinsic names; thus, functions may not be named
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00003484this. Intrinsic functions must always be external functions: you cannot define
3485the body of intrinsic functions. Intrinsic functions may only be used in call
3486or invoke instructions: it is illegal to take the address of an intrinsic
3487function. Additionally, because intrinsic functions are part of the LLVM
3488language, it is required that they all be documented here if any are added.</p>
3489
3490
John Criswell88190562005-05-16 16:17:45 +00003491<p>To learn how to add an intrinsic function, please see the <a
Chris Lattner90391c12005-05-11 03:35:57 +00003492href="ExtendingLLVM.html">Extending LLVM Guide</a>.
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00003493</p>
3494
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003495</div>
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00003496
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00003497<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00003498<div class="doc_subsection">
3499 <a name="int_varargs">Variable Argument Handling Intrinsics</a>
3500</div>
3501
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003502<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00003503
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003504<p>Variable argument support is defined in LLVM with the <a
Chris Lattner33337472006-01-13 23:26:01 +00003505 href="#i_va_arg"><tt>va_arg</tt></a> instruction and these three
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003506intrinsic functions. These functions are related to the similarly
3507named macros defined in the <tt>&lt;stdarg.h&gt;</tt> header file.</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00003508
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003509<p>All of these functions operate on arguments that use a
3510target-specific value type "<tt>va_list</tt>". The LLVM assembly
3511language reference manual does not define what this type is, so all
3512transformations should be prepared to handle intrinsics with any type
3513used.</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00003514
Chris Lattner30b868d2006-05-15 17:26:46 +00003515<p>This example shows how the <a href="#i_va_arg"><tt>va_arg</tt></a>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003516instruction and the variable argument handling intrinsic functions are
3517used.</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00003518
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00003519<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003520define i32 %test(i32 %X, ...) {
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00003521 ; Initialize variable argument processing
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003522 %ap = alloca i8 *
Chris Lattnerdb0790c2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00003523 %ap2 = bitcast i8** %ap to i8*
3524 call void %<a href="#i_va_start">llvm.va_start</a>(i8* %ap2)
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00003525
3526 ; Read a single integer argument
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003527 %tmp = va_arg i8 ** %ap, i32
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00003528
3529 ; Demonstrate usage of llvm.va_copy and llvm.va_end
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003530 %aq = alloca i8 *
Chris Lattnerdb0790c2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00003531 %aq2 = bitcast i8** %aq to i8*
3532 call void %<a href="#i_va_copy">llvm.va_copy</a>(i8 *%aq2, i8* %ap2)
3533 call void %<a href="#i_va_end">llvm.va_end</a>(i8* %aq2)
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00003534
3535 ; Stop processing of arguments.
Chris Lattnerdb0790c2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00003536 call void %<a href="#i_va_end">llvm.va_end</a>(i8* %ap2)
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003537 ret i32 %tmp
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00003538}
3539</pre>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003540</div>
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00003541
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00003542<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00003543<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3544 <a name="i_va_start">'<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
3545</div>
3546
3547
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003548<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00003549<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerdb0790c2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00003550<pre> declare void %llvm.va_start(i8* &lt;arglist&gt;)<br></pre>
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00003551<h5>Overview:</h5>
Andrew Lenharth5fb787c2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00003552<P>The '<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' intrinsic initializes
3553<tt>*&lt;arglist&gt;</tt> for subsequent use by <tt><a
3554href="#i_va_arg">va_arg</a></tt>.</p>
3555
3556<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3557
3558<P>The argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> element to initialize.</p>
3559
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00003560<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Andrew Lenharth5fb787c2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00003561
3562<P>The '<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' intrinsic works just like the <tt>va_start</tt>
3563macro available in C. In a target-dependent way, it initializes the
3564<tt>va_list</tt> element the argument points to, so that the next call to
3565<tt>va_arg</tt> will produce the first variable argument passed to the function.
3566Unlike the C <tt>va_start</tt> macro, this intrinsic does not need to know the
3567last argument of the function, the compiler can figure that out.</p>
3568
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003569</div>
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00003570
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00003571<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00003572<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3573 <a name="i_va_end">'<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
3574</div>
3575
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003576<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00003577<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerdb0790c2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00003578<pre> declare void %llvm.va_end(i8* &lt;arglist&gt;)<br></pre>
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00003579<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerdb0790c2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00003580
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003581<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' intrinsic destroys <tt>&lt;arglist&gt;</tt>
3582which has been initialized previously with <tt><a href="#i_va_start">llvm.va_start</a></tt>
3583or <tt><a href="#i_va_copy">llvm.va_copy</a></tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnerdb0790c2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00003584
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00003585<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnerdb0790c2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00003586
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003587<p>The argument is a <tt>va_list</tt> to destroy.</p>
Chris Lattnerdb0790c2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00003588
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00003589<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattnerdb0790c2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00003590
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003591<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' intrinsic works just like the <tt>va_end</tt>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003592macro available in C. In a target-dependent way, it destroys the <tt>va_list</tt>.
3593Calls to <a href="#i_va_start"><tt>llvm.va_start</tt></a> and <a
3594 href="#i_va_copy"><tt>llvm.va_copy</tt></a> must be matched exactly
3595with calls to <tt>llvm.va_end</tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnerdb0790c2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00003596
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003597</div>
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00003598
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00003599<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00003600<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3601 <a name="i_va_copy">'<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
3602</div>
3603
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003604<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00003605
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00003606<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00003607
3608<pre>
Chris Lattnerdb0790c2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00003609 declare void %llvm.va_copy(i8* &lt;destarglist&gt;, i8* &lt;srcarglist&gt;)
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00003610</pre>
3611
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00003612<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00003613
Andrew Lenharth5fb787c2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00003614<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' intrinsic copies the current argument position from
3615the source argument list to the destination argument list.</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00003616
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00003617<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00003618
Andrew Lenharth5fb787c2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00003619<p>The first argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> element to initialize.
Andrew Lenharth5305ea52005-06-22 20:38:11 +00003620The second argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> element to copy from.</p>
Andrew Lenharth5fb787c2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00003621
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00003622
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00003623<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00003624
Andrew Lenharth5fb787c2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00003625<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' intrinsic works just like the <tt>va_copy</tt> macro
3626available in C. In a target-dependent way, it copies the source
3627<tt>va_list</tt> element into the destination list. This intrinsic is necessary
3628because the <tt><a href="i_va_begin">llvm.va_begin</a></tt> intrinsic may be
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00003629arbitrarily complex and require memory allocation, for example.</p>
3630
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003631</div>
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00003632
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00003633<!-- ======================================================================= -->
3634<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00003635 <a name="int_gc">Accurate Garbage Collection Intrinsics</a>
3636</div>
3637
3638<div class="doc_text">
3639
3640<p>
3641LLVM support for <a href="GarbageCollection.html">Accurate Garbage
3642Collection</a> requires the implementation and generation of these intrinsics.
3643These intrinsics allow identification of <a href="#i_gcroot">GC roots on the
3644stack</a>, as well as garbage collector implementations that require <a
3645href="#i_gcread">read</a> and <a href="#i_gcwrite">write</a> barriers.
3646Front-ends for type-safe garbage collected languages should generate these
3647intrinsics to make use of the LLVM garbage collectors. For more details, see <a
3648href="GarbageCollection.html">Accurate Garbage Collection with LLVM</a>.
3649</p>
3650</div>
3651
3652<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3653<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3654 <a name="i_gcroot">'<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
3655</div>
3656
3657<div class="doc_text">
3658
3659<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3660
3661<pre>
Reid Spencer7821d062005-04-26 20:50:44 +00003662 declare void %llvm.gcroot(&lt;ty&gt;** %ptrloc, &lt;ty2&gt;* %metadata)
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00003663</pre>
3664
3665<h5>Overview:</h5>
3666
John Criswelldfe6a862004-12-10 15:51:16 +00003667<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>' intrinsic declares the existence of a GC root to
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00003668the code generator, and allows some metadata to be associated with it.</p>
3669
3670<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3671
3672<p>The first argument specifies the address of a stack object that contains the
3673root pointer. The second pointer (which must be either a constant or a global
3674value address) contains the meta-data to be associated with the root.</p>
3675
3676<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3677
3678<p>At runtime, a call to this intrinsics stores a null pointer into the "ptrloc"
3679location. At compile-time, the code generator generates information to allow
3680the runtime to find the pointer at GC safe points.
3681</p>
3682
3683</div>
3684
3685
3686<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3687<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3688 <a name="i_gcread">'<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
3689</div>
3690
3691<div class="doc_text">
3692
3693<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3694
3695<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003696 declare i8 * %llvm.gcread(i8 * %ObjPtr, i8 ** %Ptr)
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00003697</pre>
3698
3699<h5>Overview:</h5>
3700
3701<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' intrinsic identifies reads of references from heap
3702locations, allowing garbage collector implementations that require read
3703barriers.</p>
3704
3705<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3706
Chris Lattnerf9228072006-03-14 20:02:51 +00003707<p>The second argument is the address to read from, which should be an address
3708allocated from the garbage collector. The first object is a pointer to the
3709start of the referenced object, if needed by the language runtime (otherwise
3710null).</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00003711
3712<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3713
3714<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' intrinsic has the same semantics as a load
3715instruction, but may be replaced with substantially more complex code by the
3716garbage collector runtime, as needed.</p>
3717
3718</div>
3719
3720
3721<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3722<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3723 <a name="i_gcwrite">'<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
3724</div>
3725
3726<div class="doc_text">
3727
3728<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3729
3730<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003731 declare void %llvm.gcwrite(i8 * %P1, i8 * %Obj, i8 ** %P2)
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00003732</pre>
3733
3734<h5>Overview:</h5>
3735
3736<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' intrinsic identifies writes of references to heap
3737locations, allowing garbage collector implementations that require write
3738barriers (such as generational or reference counting collectors).</p>
3739
3740<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3741
Chris Lattnerf9228072006-03-14 20:02:51 +00003742<p>The first argument is the reference to store, the second is the start of the
3743object to store it to, and the third is the address of the field of Obj to
3744store to. If the runtime does not require a pointer to the object, Obj may be
3745null.</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00003746
3747<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3748
3749<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' intrinsic has the same semantics as a store
3750instruction, but may be replaced with substantially more complex code by the
3751garbage collector runtime, as needed.</p>
3752
3753</div>
3754
3755
3756
3757<!-- ======================================================================= -->
3758<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00003759 <a name="int_codegen">Code Generator Intrinsics</a>
3760</div>
3761
3762<div class="doc_text">
3763<p>
3764These intrinsics are provided by LLVM to expose special features that may only
3765be implemented with code generator support.
3766</p>
3767
3768</div>
3769
3770<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3771<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3772 <a name="i_returnaddress">'<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
3773</div>
3774
3775<div class="doc_text">
3776
3777<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3778<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003779 declare i8 *%llvm.returnaddress(i32 &lt;level&gt;)
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00003780</pre>
3781
3782<h5>Overview:</h5>
3783
3784<p>
Chris Lattnerc1fb4262006-10-15 20:05:59 +00003785The '<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' intrinsic attempts to compute a
3786target-specific value indicating the return address of the current function
3787or one of its callers.
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00003788</p>
3789
3790<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3791
3792<p>
3793The argument to this intrinsic indicates which function to return the address
3794for. Zero indicates the calling function, one indicates its caller, etc. The
3795argument is <b>required</b> to be a constant integer value.
3796</p>
3797
3798<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3799
3800<p>
3801The '<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' intrinsic either returns a pointer indicating
3802the return address of the specified call frame, or zero if it cannot be
3803identified. The value returned by this intrinsic is likely to be incorrect or 0
3804for arguments other than zero, so it should only be used for debugging purposes.
3805</p>
3806
3807<p>
3808Note that calling this intrinsic does not prevent function inlining or other
Chris Lattner2e6eb5f2005-03-07 20:30:51 +00003809aggressive transformations, so the value returned may not be that of the obvious
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00003810source-language caller.
3811</p>
3812</div>
3813
3814
3815<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3816<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3817 <a name="i_frameaddress">'<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
3818</div>
3819
3820<div class="doc_text">
3821
3822<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3823<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003824 declare i8 *%llvm.frameaddress(i32 &lt;level&gt;)
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00003825</pre>
3826
3827<h5>Overview:</h5>
3828
3829<p>
Chris Lattnerc1fb4262006-10-15 20:05:59 +00003830The '<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' intrinsic attempts to return the
3831target-specific frame pointer value for the specified stack frame.
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00003832</p>
3833
3834<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3835
3836<p>
3837The argument to this intrinsic indicates which function to return the frame
3838pointer for. Zero indicates the calling function, one indicates its caller,
3839etc. The argument is <b>required</b> to be a constant integer value.
3840</p>
3841
3842<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3843
3844<p>
3845The '<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' intrinsic either returns a pointer indicating
3846the frame address of the specified call frame, or zero if it cannot be
3847identified. The value returned by this intrinsic is likely to be incorrect or 0
3848for arguments other than zero, so it should only be used for debugging purposes.
3849</p>
3850
3851<p>
3852Note that calling this intrinsic does not prevent function inlining or other
Chris Lattner2e6eb5f2005-03-07 20:30:51 +00003853aggressive transformations, so the value returned may not be that of the obvious
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00003854source-language caller.
3855</p>
3856</div>
3857
Chris Lattnerc8a2c222005-02-28 19:24:19 +00003858<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3859<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner2f0f0012006-01-13 02:03:13 +00003860 <a name="i_stacksave">'<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
3861</div>
3862
3863<div class="doc_text">
3864
3865<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3866<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003867 declare i8 *%llvm.stacksave()
Chris Lattner2f0f0012006-01-13 02:03:13 +00003868</pre>
3869
3870<h5>Overview:</h5>
3871
3872<p>
3873The '<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>' intrinsic is used to remember the current state of
3874the function stack, for use with <a href="#i_stackrestore">
3875<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt></a>. This is useful for implementing language
3876features like scoped automatic variable sized arrays in C99.
3877</p>
3878
3879<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3880
3881<p>
3882This intrinsic returns a opaque pointer value that can be passed to <a
3883href="#i_stackrestore"><tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt></a>. When an
3884<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt> intrinsic is executed with a value saved from
3885<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>, it effectively restores the state of the stack to the
3886state it was in when the <tt>llvm.stacksave</tt> intrinsic executed. In
3887practice, this pops any <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> blocks from the stack
3888that were allocated after the <tt>llvm.stacksave</tt> was executed.
3889</p>
3890
3891</div>
3892
3893<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3894<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3895 <a name="i_stackrestore">'<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
3896</div>
3897
3898<div class="doc_text">
3899
3900<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3901<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003902 declare void %llvm.stackrestore(i8 * %ptr)
Chris Lattner2f0f0012006-01-13 02:03:13 +00003903</pre>
3904
3905<h5>Overview:</h5>
3906
3907<p>
3908The '<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt>' intrinsic is used to restore the state of
3909the function stack to the state it was in when the corresponding <a
3910href="#llvm.stacksave"><tt>llvm.stacksave</tt></a> intrinsic executed. This is
3911useful for implementing language features like scoped automatic variable sized
3912arrays in C99.
3913</p>
3914
3915<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3916
3917<p>
3918See the description for <a href="#i_stacksave"><tt>llvm.stacksave</tt></a>.
3919</p>
3920
3921</div>
3922
3923
3924<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3925<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattnerc8a2c222005-02-28 19:24:19 +00003926 <a name="i_prefetch">'<tt>llvm.prefetch</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
3927</div>
3928
3929<div class="doc_text">
3930
3931<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3932<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003933 declare void %llvm.prefetch(i8 * &lt;address&gt;,
3934 i32 &lt;rw&gt;, i32 &lt;locality&gt;)
Chris Lattnerc8a2c222005-02-28 19:24:19 +00003935</pre>
3936
3937<h5>Overview:</h5>
3938
3939
3940<p>
3941The '<tt>llvm.prefetch</tt>' intrinsic is a hint to the code generator to insert
John Criswell88190562005-05-16 16:17:45 +00003942a prefetch instruction if supported; otherwise, it is a noop. Prefetches have
3943no
3944effect on the behavior of the program but can change its performance
Chris Lattnerff851072005-02-28 19:47:14 +00003945characteristics.
Chris Lattnerc8a2c222005-02-28 19:24:19 +00003946</p>
3947
3948<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3949
3950<p>
3951<tt>address</tt> is the address to be prefetched, <tt>rw</tt> is the specifier
3952determining if the fetch should be for a read (0) or write (1), and
3953<tt>locality</tt> is a temporal locality specifier ranging from (0) - no
Chris Lattnerd3e641c2005-03-07 20:31:38 +00003954locality, to (3) - extremely local keep in cache. The <tt>rw</tt> and
Chris Lattnerc8a2c222005-02-28 19:24:19 +00003955<tt>locality</tt> arguments must be constant integers.
3956</p>
3957
3958<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3959
3960<p>
3961This intrinsic does not modify the behavior of the program. In particular,
3962prefetches cannot trap and do not produce a value. On targets that support this
3963intrinsic, the prefetch can provide hints to the processor cache for better
3964performance.
3965</p>
3966
3967</div>
3968
Andrew Lenharthb4427912005-03-28 20:05:49 +00003969<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3970<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3971 <a name="i_pcmarker">'<tt>llvm.pcmarker</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
3972</div>
3973
3974<div class="doc_text">
3975
3976<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3977<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003978 declare void %llvm.pcmarker( i32 &lt;id&gt; )
Andrew Lenharthb4427912005-03-28 20:05:49 +00003979</pre>
3980
3981<h5>Overview:</h5>
3982
3983
3984<p>
John Criswell88190562005-05-16 16:17:45 +00003985The '<tt>llvm.pcmarker</tt>' intrinsic is a method to export a Program Counter
3986(PC) in a region of
Andrew Lenharthb4427912005-03-28 20:05:49 +00003987code to simulators and other tools. The method is target specific, but it is
3988expected that the marker will use exported symbols to transmit the PC of the marker.
Jeff Cohendc6bfea2005-11-11 02:15:27 +00003989The marker makes no guarantees that it will remain with any specific instruction
Chris Lattnere64d41d2005-11-15 06:07:55 +00003990after optimizations. It is possible that the presence of a marker will inhibit
Chris Lattnerb40261e2006-03-24 07:16:10 +00003991optimizations. The intended use is to be inserted after optimizations to allow
John Criswell88190562005-05-16 16:17:45 +00003992correlations of simulation runs.
Andrew Lenharthb4427912005-03-28 20:05:49 +00003993</p>
3994
3995<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3996
3997<p>
3998<tt>id</tt> is a numerical id identifying the marker.
3999</p>
4000
4001<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4002
4003<p>
4004This intrinsic does not modify the behavior of the program. Backends that do not
4005support this intrinisic may ignore it.
4006</p>
4007
4008</div>
4009
Andrew Lenharth01aa5632005-11-11 16:47:30 +00004010<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4011<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4012 <a name="i_readcyclecounter">'<tt>llvm.readcyclecounter</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
4013</div>
4014
4015<div class="doc_text">
4016
4017<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4018<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004019 declare i64 %llvm.readcyclecounter( )
Andrew Lenharth01aa5632005-11-11 16:47:30 +00004020</pre>
4021
4022<h5>Overview:</h5>
4023
4024
4025<p>
4026The '<tt>llvm.readcyclecounter</tt>' intrinsic provides access to the cycle
4027counter register (or similar low latency, high accuracy clocks) on those targets
4028that support it. On X86, it should map to RDTSC. On Alpha, it should map to RPCC.
4029As the backing counters overflow quickly (on the order of 9 seconds on alpha), this
4030should only be used for small timings.
4031</p>
4032
4033<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4034
4035<p>
4036When directly supported, reading the cycle counter should not modify any memory.
4037Implementations are allowed to either return a application specific value or a
4038system wide value. On backends without support, this is lowered to a constant 0.
4039</p>
4040
4041</div>
4042
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00004043<!-- ======================================================================= -->
4044<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00004045 <a name="int_libc">Standard C Library Intrinsics</a>
4046</div>
4047
4048<div class="doc_text">
4049<p>
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00004050LLVM provides intrinsics for a few important standard C library functions.
4051These intrinsics allow source-language front-ends to pass information about the
4052alignment of the pointer arguments to the code generator, providing opportunity
4053for more efficient code generation.
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00004054</p>
4055
4056</div>
4057
4058<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4059<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4060 <a name="i_memcpy">'<tt>llvm.memcpy</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
4061</div>
4062
4063<div class="doc_text">
4064
4065<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4066<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004067 declare void %llvm.memcpy.i32(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
4068 i32 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
4069 declare void %llvm.memcpy.i64(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
4070 i64 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00004071</pre>
4072
4073<h5>Overview:</h5>
4074
4075<p>
Chris Lattner0c8b2592006-03-03 00:07:20 +00004076The '<tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the source
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00004077location to the destination location.
4078</p>
4079
4080<p>
Chris Lattner0c8b2592006-03-03 00:07:20 +00004081Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>
4082intrinsics do not return a value, and takes an extra alignment argument.
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00004083</p>
4084
4085<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4086
4087<p>
4088The first argument is a pointer to the destination, the second is a pointer to
Chris Lattner0c8b2592006-03-03 00:07:20 +00004089the source. The third argument is an integer argument
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00004090specifying the number of bytes to copy, and the fourth argument is the alignment
4091of the source and destination locations.
4092</p>
4093
Chris Lattner4c67c482004-02-12 21:18:15 +00004094<p>
4095If the call to this intrinisic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1, then
Chris Lattner5316e5d2006-03-04 00:02:10 +00004096the caller guarantees that both the source and destination pointers are aligned
4097to that boundary.
Chris Lattner4c67c482004-02-12 21:18:15 +00004098</p>
4099
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00004100<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4101
4102<p>
Chris Lattner0c8b2592006-03-03 00:07:20 +00004103The '<tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the source
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00004104location to the destination location, which are not allowed to overlap. It
4105copies "len" bytes of memory over. If the argument is known to be aligned to
4106some boundary, this can be specified as the fourth argument, otherwise it should
4107be set to 0 or 1.
4108</p>
4109</div>
4110
4111
Chris Lattnerf30152e2004-02-12 18:10:10 +00004112<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4113<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4114 <a name="i_memmove">'<tt>llvm.memmove</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
4115</div>
4116
4117<div class="doc_text">
4118
4119<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4120<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004121 declare void %llvm.memmove.i32(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
4122 i32 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
4123 declare void %llvm.memmove.i64(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
4124 i64 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Chris Lattnerf30152e2004-02-12 18:10:10 +00004125</pre>
4126
4127<h5>Overview:</h5>
4128
4129<p>
Chris Lattner0c8b2592006-03-03 00:07:20 +00004130The '<tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>' intrinsics move a block of memory from the source
4131location to the destination location. It is similar to the
4132'<tt>llvm.memcmp</tt>' intrinsic but allows the two memory locations to overlap.
Chris Lattnerf30152e2004-02-12 18:10:10 +00004133</p>
4134
4135<p>
Chris Lattner0c8b2592006-03-03 00:07:20 +00004136Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>
4137intrinsics do not return a value, and takes an extra alignment argument.
Chris Lattnerf30152e2004-02-12 18:10:10 +00004138</p>
4139
4140<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4141
4142<p>
4143The first argument is a pointer to the destination, the second is a pointer to
Chris Lattner0c8b2592006-03-03 00:07:20 +00004144the source. The third argument is an integer argument
Chris Lattnerf30152e2004-02-12 18:10:10 +00004145specifying the number of bytes to copy, and the fourth argument is the alignment
4146of the source and destination locations.
4147</p>
4148
Chris Lattner4c67c482004-02-12 21:18:15 +00004149<p>
4150If the call to this intrinisic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1, then
Chris Lattner5316e5d2006-03-04 00:02:10 +00004151the caller guarantees that the source and destination pointers are aligned to
4152that boundary.
Chris Lattner4c67c482004-02-12 21:18:15 +00004153</p>
4154
Chris Lattnerf30152e2004-02-12 18:10:10 +00004155<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4156
4157<p>
Chris Lattner0c8b2592006-03-03 00:07:20 +00004158The '<tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the source
Chris Lattnerf30152e2004-02-12 18:10:10 +00004159location to the destination location, which may overlap. It
4160copies "len" bytes of memory over. If the argument is known to be aligned to
4161some boundary, this can be specified as the fourth argument, otherwise it should
4162be set to 0 or 1.
4163</p>
4164</div>
4165
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00004166
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00004167<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4168<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner0c8b2592006-03-03 00:07:20 +00004169 <a name="i_memset">'<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00004170</div>
4171
4172<div class="doc_text">
4173
4174<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4175<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004176 declare void %llvm.memset.i32(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt;,
4177 i32 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
4178 declare void %llvm.memset.i64(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt;,
4179 i64 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00004180</pre>
4181
4182<h5>Overview:</h5>
4183
4184<p>
Chris Lattner0c8b2592006-03-03 00:07:20 +00004185The '<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' intrinsics fill a block of memory with a particular
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00004186byte value.
4187</p>
4188
4189<p>
4190Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memset</tt> intrinsic
4191does not return a value, and takes an extra alignment argument.
4192</p>
4193
4194<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4195
4196<p>
4197The first argument is a pointer to the destination to fill, the second is the
Chris Lattner0c8b2592006-03-03 00:07:20 +00004198byte value to fill it with, the third argument is an integer
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00004199argument specifying the number of bytes to fill, and the fourth argument is the
4200known alignment of destination location.
4201</p>
4202
4203<p>
4204If the call to this intrinisic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1, then
Chris Lattner5316e5d2006-03-04 00:02:10 +00004205the caller guarantees that the destination pointer is aligned to that boundary.
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00004206</p>
4207
4208<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4209
4210<p>
Chris Lattner0c8b2592006-03-03 00:07:20 +00004211The '<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' intrinsics fill "len" bytes of memory starting at
4212the
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00004213destination location. If the argument is known to be aligned to some boundary,
4214this can be specified as the fourth argument, otherwise it should be set to 0 or
42151.
4216</p>
4217</div>
4218
4219
Chris Lattner3b4f4372004-06-11 02:28:03 +00004220<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4221<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner069b5bd2006-01-16 22:38:59 +00004222 <a name="i_sqrt">'<tt>llvm.sqrt.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner8a8f2e52005-07-21 01:29:16 +00004223</div>
4224
4225<div class="doc_text">
4226
4227<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4228<pre>
Chris Lattner33b73f92006-09-08 06:34:02 +00004229 declare float %llvm.sqrt.f32(float %Val)
4230 declare double %llvm.sqrt.f64(double %Val)
Chris Lattner8a8f2e52005-07-21 01:29:16 +00004231</pre>
4232
4233<h5>Overview:</h5>
4234
4235<p>
Reid Spencerb4f9a6f2006-01-16 21:12:35 +00004236The '<tt>llvm.sqrt</tt>' intrinsics return the sqrt of the specified operand,
Chris Lattner8a8f2e52005-07-21 01:29:16 +00004237returning the same value as the libm '<tt>sqrt</tt>' function would. Unlike
4238<tt>sqrt</tt> in libm, however, <tt>llvm.sqrt</tt> has undefined behavior for
4239negative numbers (which allows for better optimization).
4240</p>
4241
4242<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4243
4244<p>
4245The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same type.
4246</p>
4247
4248<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4249
4250<p>
4251This function returns the sqrt of the specified operand if it is a positive
4252floating point number.
4253</p>
4254</div>
4255
Chris Lattner33b73f92006-09-08 06:34:02 +00004256<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4257<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4258 <a name="i_powi">'<tt>llvm.powi.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
4259</div>
4260
4261<div class="doc_text">
4262
4263<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4264<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004265 declare float %llvm.powi.f32(float %Val, i32 %power)
4266 declare double %llvm.powi.f64(double %Val, i32 %power)
Chris Lattner33b73f92006-09-08 06:34:02 +00004267</pre>
4268
4269<h5>Overview:</h5>
4270
4271<p>
4272The '<tt>llvm.powi.*</tt>' intrinsics return the first operand raised to the
4273specified (positive or negative) power. The order of evaluation of
4274multiplications is not defined.
4275</p>
4276
4277<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4278
4279<p>
4280The second argument is an integer power, and the first is a value to raise to
4281that power.
4282</p>
4283
4284<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4285
4286<p>
4287This function returns the first value raised to the second power with an
4288unspecified sequence of rounding operations.</p>
4289</div>
4290
4291
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00004292<!-- ======================================================================= -->
4293<div class="doc_subsection">
Nate Begeman0f223bb2006-01-13 23:26:38 +00004294 <a name="int_manip">Bit Manipulation Intrinsics</a>
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00004295</div>
4296
4297<div class="doc_text">
4298<p>
Nate Begeman0f223bb2006-01-13 23:26:38 +00004299LLVM provides intrinsics for a few important bit manipulation operations.
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00004300These allow efficient code generation for some algorithms.
4301</p>
4302
4303</div>
4304
4305<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4306<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Nate Begeman0f223bb2006-01-13 23:26:38 +00004307 <a name="i_bswap">'<tt>llvm.bswap.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
4308</div>
4309
4310<div class="doc_text">
4311
4312<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4313<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004314 declare i16 %llvm.bswap.i16(i16 &lt;id&gt;)
4315 declare i32 %llvm.bswap.i32(i32 &lt;id&gt;)
4316 declare i64 %llvm.bswap.i64(i64 &lt;id&gt;)
Nate Begeman0f223bb2006-01-13 23:26:38 +00004317</pre>
4318
4319<h5>Overview:</h5>
4320
4321<p>
4322The '<tt>llvm.bwsap</tt>' family of intrinsics is used to byteswap a 16, 32 or
432364 bit quantity. These are useful for performing operations on data that is not
4324in the target's native byte order.
4325</p>
4326
4327<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4328
4329<p>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004330The <tt>llvm.bswap.16</tt> intrinsic returns an i16 value that has the high
4331and low byte of the input i16 swapped. Similarly, the <tt>llvm.bswap.i32</tt>
4332intrinsic returns an i32 value that has the four bytes of the input i32
4333swapped, so that if the input bytes are numbered 0, 1, 2, 3 then the returned
4334i32 will have its bytes in 3, 2, 1, 0 order. The <tt>llvm.bswap.i64</tt>
4335intrinsic extends this concept to 64 bits.
Nate Begeman0f223bb2006-01-13 23:26:38 +00004336</p>
4337
4338</div>
4339
4340<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4341<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencerb4f9a6f2006-01-16 21:12:35 +00004342 <a name="int_ctpop">'<tt>llvm.ctpop.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00004343</div>
4344
4345<div class="doc_text">
4346
4347<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4348<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004349 declare i8 %llvm.ctpop.i8 (i8 &lt;src&gt;)
4350 declare i16 %llvm.ctpop.i16(i16 &lt;src&gt;)
4351 declare i32 %llvm.ctpop.i32(i32 &lt;src&gt;)
4352 declare i64 %llvm.ctpop.i64(i64 &lt;src&gt;)
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00004353</pre>
4354
4355<h5>Overview:</h5>
4356
4357<p>
Chris Lattner069b5bd2006-01-16 22:38:59 +00004358The '<tt>llvm.ctpop</tt>' family of intrinsics counts the number of bits set in a
4359value.
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00004360</p>
4361
4362<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4363
4364<p>
Chris Lattner573f64e2005-05-07 01:46:40 +00004365The only argument is the value to be counted. The argument may be of any
Reid Spencer3e628eb92007-01-04 16:43:23 +00004366integer type. The return type must match the argument type.
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00004367</p>
4368
4369<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4370
4371<p>
4372The '<tt>llvm.ctpop</tt>' intrinsic counts the 1's in a variable.
4373</p>
4374</div>
4375
4376<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4377<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattnerb748c672006-01-16 22:34:14 +00004378 <a name="int_ctlz">'<tt>llvm.ctlz.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00004379</div>
4380
4381<div class="doc_text">
4382
4383<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4384<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004385 declare i8 %llvm.ctlz.i8 (i8 &lt;src&gt;)
4386 declare i16 %llvm.ctlz.i16(i16 &lt;src&gt;)
4387 declare i32 %llvm.ctlz.i32(i32 &lt;src&gt;)
4388 declare i64 %llvm.ctlz.i64(i64 &lt;src&gt;)
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00004389</pre>
4390
4391<h5>Overview:</h5>
4392
4393<p>
Reid Spencerb4f9a6f2006-01-16 21:12:35 +00004394The '<tt>llvm.ctlz</tt>' family of intrinsic functions counts the number of
4395leading zeros in a variable.
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00004396</p>
4397
4398<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4399
4400<p>
Chris Lattner573f64e2005-05-07 01:46:40 +00004401The only argument is the value to be counted. The argument may be of any
Reid Spencer3e628eb92007-01-04 16:43:23 +00004402integer type. The return type must match the argument type.
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00004403</p>
4404
4405<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4406
4407<p>
Chris Lattnerefa20fa2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00004408The '<tt>llvm.ctlz</tt>' intrinsic counts the leading (most significant) zeros
4409in a variable. If the src == 0 then the result is the size in bits of the type
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004410of src. For example, <tt>llvm.ctlz(i32 2) = 30</tt>.
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00004411</p>
4412</div>
Chris Lattner3b4f4372004-06-11 02:28:03 +00004413
4414
Chris Lattnerefa20fa2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00004415
4416<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4417<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattnerb748c672006-01-16 22:34:14 +00004418 <a name="int_cttz">'<tt>llvm.cttz.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnerefa20fa2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00004419</div>
4420
4421<div class="doc_text">
4422
4423<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4424<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004425 declare i8 %llvm.cttz.i8 (i8 &lt;src&gt;)
4426 declare i16 %llvm.cttz.i16(i16 &lt;src&gt;)
4427 declare i32 %llvm.cttz.i32(i32 &lt;src&gt;)
4428 declare i64 %llvm.cttz.i64(i64 &lt;src&gt;)
Chris Lattnerefa20fa2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00004429</pre>
4430
4431<h5>Overview:</h5>
4432
4433<p>
Reid Spencerb4f9a6f2006-01-16 21:12:35 +00004434The '<tt>llvm.cttz</tt>' family of intrinsic functions counts the number of
4435trailing zeros.
Chris Lattnerefa20fa2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00004436</p>
4437
4438<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4439
4440<p>
4441The only argument is the value to be counted. The argument may be of any
Reid Spencer3e628eb92007-01-04 16:43:23 +00004442integer type. The return type must match the argument type.
Chris Lattnerefa20fa2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00004443</p>
4444
4445<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4446
4447<p>
4448The '<tt>llvm.cttz</tt>' intrinsic counts the trailing (least significant) zeros
4449in a variable. If the src == 0 then the result is the size in bits of the type
4450of src. For example, <tt>llvm.cttz(2) = 1</tt>.
4451</p>
4452</div>
4453
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00004454<!-- ======================================================================= -->
4455<div class="doc_subsection">
4456 <a name="int_debugger">Debugger Intrinsics</a>
4457</div>
4458
4459<div class="doc_text">
4460<p>
4461The LLVM debugger intrinsics (which all start with <tt>llvm.dbg.</tt> prefix),
4462are described in the <a
4463href="SourceLevelDebugging.html#format_common_intrinsics">LLVM Source Level
4464Debugging</a> document.
4465</p>
4466</div>
4467
4468
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004469<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004470<hr>
Misha Brukmanc501f552004-03-01 17:47:27 +00004471<address>
4472 <a href="http://jigsaw.w3.org/css-validator/check/referer"><img
4473 src="http://jigsaw.w3.org/css-validator/images/vcss" alt="Valid CSS!"></a>
4474 <a href="http://validator.w3.org/check/referer"><img
4475 src="http://www.w3.org/Icons/valid-html401" alt="Valid HTML 4.01!" /></a>
4476
4477 <a href="mailto:sabre@nondot.org">Chris Lattner</a><br>
Reid Spencerca058542006-03-14 05:39:39 +00004478 <a href="http://llvm.org">The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure</a><br>
Misha Brukmanc501f552004-03-01 17:47:27 +00004479 Last modified: $Date$
4480</address>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004481</body>
4482</html>